Alaska Out-of-State Residental Program Treatment Facility Contact
Transcription
Alaska Out-of-State Residental Program Treatment Facility Contact
Qualis Health Alaska Mental Health Out-of-State Residential Program Treatment Center Contact Information 2016 Facility/Provider Name (Click on hyperlink to go to facility profile) City State Contact Phone Alt. Phone Website (Click on the hyperlink for more information) www.acadiahealthcare.com ACADIA MONTANA BUTTE MT 406-494-4183 BENCHMARK BEHAVIORAL HEALTH CALO (CHANGE ACADEMY AT LAKE OF THE OZARKS) WOODS CROSS UT 801-299-5319 LAKE OZARK MO 573-7467362 CENTER FOR CHANGE OREM UT 888-224-8250 801-224-8255 www.centerforchange.com DESERT HILLS ALBUQUERQUE NM 877-473-7194 505-352-3100 http://www.deserthills-nm.com DEVEREUX CLEO WALLACE WESTMINSTER CO 800-456-2536 800-456-2536 www.cleowallace.org DEVEREUX TEXAS TREATMENT NETWORK LEAGUE CITY TX 800-373-0011 281-335-1000 www.devereuxtx.org JASPER MOUNTAIN JASPER OR 541-747-1235 http://www.jaspermountain.org/ LAKEMARY CENTER INC PAOLA KS 913-557-4000 http://www.lakemaryctr.org MERIDELL ACHIEVEMENT CENTER (NEED UPDATE) LIBERTY HILL TX 800-366-8656 512-528-2100 www.meridell.com/ PROVO CANYON PROVO UT 800-848-9819 801-229-1032 www.provocanyon.com SAN MARCOS TREATMENT CENTER (NEED UPDATE) SAN MARCOS TX 800-251-0059 512-557-0034 www.sanmarcostc.com IDAHO FALLS ID 800-209-8405 208-227-2159 http://tetonpeaks.com/ TEXAS NEUROREHAB CENTER AUSTIN TX 800-252-4835 512-444-4835 www.texasneurorehab.com YELLOWSTONE BOYS&GIRLS RANCH BILLINGS MT 800-726-6755 406-655-2106 www.ybgr.org TETON PEAKS FORMERLY EASTERN IDAHO REGIONAL MEDICAL 801-299-5300 http://www.bbhsnet.com/ http://caloteens.com/ Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 This form was first introduced in 2013, and has been modified in this (2016) version. All Psychiatric Residential Treatment Facilities (PRTF) that contract with Alaska Medicaid are required to complete this Section A. Facilities that indicate Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) as a specialty are also required to complete Section B. The form will be posted on a website in order to be available to families, providers and guardians who are considering placement in a PRTF for a child. If you facility has more than one Alaska Medicaid provider number, please complete one form for each. Use the tab key to move to each new section. Please complete this form and return via email to: akbehavioralhealth@qualishealth.org Section A FACILITY INFORMATION Name and title of person completing this form Date completed Contact number Site/Cottage/Facility Name Address Mark Ryan, Clinical Director February 22, 2016 800-477-1067, Ext. 6364 Acadia Montana 55 Basin Creek Road, Butte, MT 59701 GENERAL OVERVIEW Accreditation Body Joint Commission; Northwest Accreditation Commission, Licensed by MT Department of Public Health & Human Services Indicate which gender(s) you serve and the applicable age range and number of licensed beds below Age Range # of Licensed Beds 5-18 We maintain a 24 bed dual occupancy co-ed unit for ☒Males children ages 5 to 12; a 14 bed co-ed single bedroom unit for pre-adolescents 10 to 15 yearsold; a 52 bed boys’ dual occupancy adolescent unit; and a separate 18 bed girls’ dual occupancy unit for a total of 105 beds. Click here to type 5-18 ☒Females Click here to type Click here to type ☐Other HOME PRINT Page |1 Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Describe your client:staff ratio and how it is calculated for the following: Nursing Milieu Comments Click here to type Day One nurse on each unit Adolescent Unit 1:5; Preadolescent Unit 1:4.5; Children’s Unit 1:4.5 Click here to type Evening One nurse on each unit Adolescent Unit 1:5; Preadolescent Unit 1:4.5; Children’s Unit 1:4.5 Click here to type Night There are 2-3 nurses for the Adolescent Unit 1:12; Prefacility based on census adolescent Unit 1:12; Children’s Unit 1:12 Does your facility have requirements regarding IQ? If yes, please explain. We generally require a full scale IQ of 60 – clients with an IQ between 50-60 ☒ Yes ☐ No may be deemed appropriate if cognitive capacity is documented and milieu can address needs. What is the average length of stay for For AK Medicaid Recipients? Other State’s Medicaid Tricare/Other Insured? the facility overall? Nine months Recipients? Tricare 100 days: other commercial insuers 60-90 183.6 was ALS for 2015 Six months to a year days. Are you anticipating change to your program? If yes, please describe. We added 16 beds which serve our adolescent mal population ☐ Yes ☒ No Is the facility locked or unlocked? ☒ Locked ☐ Unlocked Is the facility secure? ☒ Yes ☐ No Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and Acadia Montana has and will continue to work with referral treating children and youth with FASD. What kind of training do sources to identify specific needs and resources available to your staff receive (include milieu as well as clinical staff). meet those needs. We have worked with outside providers to make genetic testing and QEEG reviews available to our clients and internally we offer educational groups in substance abuse issues offered through a licensed addition counselor. Page |2 Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and treating children and youth with extensive trauma histories. What kind of training do your staff receive (include milieu as well as clinical). Identify your trauma treatment approach and describe the approach regarding staff training and Evidence Based Practices. All therapists have received on-line training and certification in the use of Trauma Focused Cognitive Behavioral Therapy; the majority have also attended a three day seminar on TFCBT use, process and specific application. Mark Ryan, Clinical Director has attended additional trauma training and has provided in-house training to mental health staff, nurses, teachers and other staff. Specific therapeutic approaches include: relaxation visualization, mindfulness and components of art and play therapy as well as cognitive approaches to treatment. These same approaches would apply to Austism Spectrum Disorders and Intellectual/Developmental Disability issues that arise with residents. Acadia Montana also utilized the Child Behavior Checklist (“CBCL”) on admission and again before discharge to access the client’s competencies and behavioral/emotional problems at admission and then at discharge. Please describe your facility’s approach to secondary trauma in Our program director attended training presented in Alaska and staff (for example, stress resulting from helping or wanting to on return implemented changes in lounge for staff, we train on help a traumatized or suffering person). trauma and trauma informed care, we review secondary trauma signs in regular meetings with staff. Starting last year, we are training our staff to be aware of their own ACES scores and how that effects them. Specialty Populations Please check all specialty populations this What training does staff receive for this population? facility serves. Medical Director has received advanced training in autism ☒ Autism Spectrum Disorders (High disorders; experience includes serving for fifteen years as Functioning and Asperger’s) NOTE: Facilities medical director of a children’s hospital with a 20 bed with this specialty must complete Section B acute and 64 bed residential facility for children and adolescents before becoming Medical Director at Acadia Montana several years ago. Page |3 Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders (severe/low functioning) NOTE: Facilities with this specialty must complete Section B Sexualized behaviors: ☐ Sexually reactive (e.g. response to trauma) ☐ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. resulting from cognitive or neuro-behavioral issues) ☐ Sexually offending: ☐ adjudicated/ ☐ nonadjudicated Excluded Populations Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type ☐ Eating Disorder Click here to type ☐ Other Click here to type Click here to type ☐ Other Click here to type Please check all populations excluded from this facility. ☐ Sexually reactive (e.g. response ☐ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. to trauma) resulting from cognitive or neurobehavioral issues) ☒ Eating Disorder ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders (severe/low functioning) ☐ Suicidal ideation/attempts ☒ Other: Click here to type ☐ Psychosis ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders (high functioning/Asperger’s) ☐ Elopement Risk ☐ Other: Click here to type Sexually offending: ☐ adjudicated/ ☐ nonadjudicated ☐ Physical Aggression ☐ Self-injurious behaviors ☐ Fire setting ☐ Other: Click here to type Page |4 Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Comments: Acadia Montana does not maintain a treatment program for sexual offenders and will deny admission for adjucated sexual offenders; we do work with children and adolescents who are sexually reactive but would have to determine before admission that a referral would not be a danger to younger peers. Additionally, we do not maintain a program for adolescents with a primary Conduct Disorder diagnosis, although we do work with a number of clients that have displayed aggressive behaviors in community settings. We do not admit cients with primary Eating Disorder. Acadia Montana utilizes the Mandt System, which is a comprehensive, integrated approach to What type of behavior management preventing, de-escalating, and if necessary, interviening when the behavior of an individual program do you use? Please name the poses a threat to harm to themselves and/or others. The focus of the Mandt System is on program and describe the training. building relationships between all the stakeholders in human service settings in order to facilitate the development of an organizational culture that provides the emotional, psychological, and physical safety needed in order to teach new behaviors to replace the behaviors that are labeled challenging. The Mandt System integrates knowledge about the neurobiological impact of childhood trauma with the principles of positive behavior support and provides a framework that empowers service providers to do their work in a way that minimizes the use of coercion in behavior change methodologies. All staff members go through an orientation training that includes a minimum of two days of Mandt training; staff who work directly with the residents go through an additional day in orientation with specific focus on use of physical holds. All staff are re-trained annually on the Mandt System with one day training session. Any staff member may be required to re-take the Mandt orientation training or specific training on physical holds if deemed necessary by program management. Page |5 Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Do you do functional behavior assessments? If so, please describe your approach. If not, how do you assess the function of behaviors in your populations? List types of safety monitoring used (e.g., staff observation, video cameras). How does the facility assure access to appropriate medical and dental care? Does the facility use timeout? ☒ Yes ☐ No Acadia Montana reviews clinical data submitted by referral sources in evaluating a specific client's fit with the milieu that client would be admitted to. Historical information on behaviors, response to treatment would be reviewed during this period with interviews with family menbers/guardian or service providers to develop an initial plan of treatment. Shortly after admission, the Child Behavior Checklist would be given with results utilized to define behaviors and expand upon the treatment plan. During a child's stay with us, behaviors are monitored daily by unit staff, nurses, teachers, and therapists to measure advancement or lack of advancement in meeting treatment plan goals. Various evaluations may be ordered during a client's stay with us to better define and perhaps explain behaviors. Acadia Montana would work with a client's treatment team to approve those evaluations. Staff observation and interaction is our primary safety monitoring technique. However, we do also operate video cameras throughout the facility in common hallways, cafeteria, courtyards and play areas. Our medical staff is comprised of a Child & Adolescent Psychiatrist, who is also a Pediatrician, two Psychiatric Nurse Practitioners, a contracted general practice physician who works with non-psychiatric health issues of our residents, that physician comes to our facility as needed. Twenty-four hour a day nursing care. Additionally, we contract with speech and physical therapists to provide services within the facility and refer residents out to professionals in the Butte community for dental, vision or other health needs. If Yes, under what conditions? We utilize exclusionary and inclusionary timeouts, either resident or staff directed. Escalating behaviors (verbal, physical, or emotional) can drive a decision to seek a timepout option. If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? Resident debriefing is completed at conclusion of timeout with discussion of events leading to timeout and how coping skills might be used in the future. Notes are taken by staff member on debriefing and made available t primary therapist for possible future work or in modification of treatment plan. Page |6 Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Does the facility use seclusion? ☒ Yes ☐ No If Yes, under what conditions? If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? Does the facility use restraints? ☒ Yes ☐ No If Yes, under what conditions? Physical If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? Seclusion is utilized if a resident is displaying extremely dangerous behaviors, either through self-harm or potential harm to others. Forms of de-escalation have been attempted with the resident and have failed to reduce the risk of potential harm. Report of all seclusions are completed by mental health associates and unit nurse those reports are forwarded for review by treatment team daily. Debriefing of resident and mental health staff is completed on events leading to seclusion with a review of possible triggers or issues discovered during the process. Debriefings are forwarded to treatment team for review. Physical restraints are initiated when a significant safety issue exists for a resident. Restraints are ordered or confirmed by the unit nurse with a full report of staff and residents involved, cause, duration, timing, outcome and any indication of triggers or recommended coping skills that could be utilized to prevent any other like event. All reports are reviewed by the treatment team and management team for possible modification of treatment plan for the individual resident or possible change in procedures for the unit, program or facility. A comlete debriefing of the resident involved, staff members and other residents is completed for review by treatment and management teams. Page |7 Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How are facility staff trained regarding seclusion and the use of restraint? Please describe initial staff training as well as the follow up training process. All staff that interact on a continual basis with residents receive an initial week long training before they can work with residents; that training includes three days on physical holds and techniques for use of de-escalation. That initial training is reviewed with all staff annually on the use of the Mandt System; staff can be required to take additional training if techniques utilized fall short of expectations. How frequently are individual and facility seclusion and restraint data reviewed, and by whom? Individual Individual seclusions and restraints are reviewed daily during the work week ; weekend seclusions and restraints are reviewed during Monday morning meeting session. Attendees include: facility CEO, Medical Director, Clinical Director, Nursing Director, Program Director, Charge Nurse, School Principal, all therapists and the Director of Business Development. Patterns of seclusions and restraints are reviewed during daily morning meetings with special staffings for residents with multiple occurances over a specific time period. Additionally, Program Improvement Committee reviews individual, unit, shift and overall program data on a monthly basis to determine possible areas for improvement in our treament procedures or process. Under what conditions and for what kind of events do you report “incidents” to Alaska Behavioral Health? Individual Facility Incident reports are reviewed daily during the work week; weekend seclusions and restraints are reviewed during Monday morning meeting session. Attendees include: facility CEO, Medical Director, Clinical Director, Nursing Director, Program Director, Charge Nurse, School Principal, all therapists and the Director of Business Development. Facility Patterns of seclusions and restraints are reviewed during daily morning meetings with special staffings for residents with multiple occurances over a specific time period. Additionally, Program Improvement Committee reviews individual, unit, shift and overall program data on a monthly basis to determine possible areas for improvement in our treament procedures or process. Does your program use aggregate progress If Yes, please describe. Click here to type data for overall quality improvement? ☒ Yes ☐ No STRUCTURE AND SUPERVISION Page |8 Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Would you characterize the level of structure and supervision provided by your program as low, moderate or high? High Describe how the level or intensity of supervision may vary across youth. Is the level of supervision based on individual risk and/or therapeutic need? ☒ Yes ☐ No What are the characteristics that would promote or prevent pairing of recipients as roommates? What is the safety monitoring policy/procedure for determining the assignment of roommates? Please explain your rating. As a psychiatric residential treatment facility we maintain a high level of structure in programming with a daily schedule of meals, school, individual and group sessions, recreational activities with limited free time for residents. During waking hours line of sight supervision is maintained with specific exclusions for use of rest rooms, showering, or changing clothes which may be overridden if a resident is placed under specific precautions where the resident is a danger to self or others. All residents are under the same general approach to the level of structure and supervision, but as indicated that level of structure may be intensified due to individual behaviors that pose a safety danger to a resident, peers or staff. In that event, specific orders establishing precautions for defined periods of time will be put into practice by medical personnel acting in the best interst of the resident. Residents may also earn the right through positive behaviors to participate in all scheduled outings including educational, recreational and social events that are scheduled throughout the week at Acadia. Please explain. A base level of supervision is consistent for all residents; hightened supervision can be determined as necessary due to individual behaviors that are causing concerns for safety of the reident, peers or staff. Through positive behaviors and participation in school, individual and group sessions, recreational and social activities residents can achieve access to all planned activities both in the facility and through area outings. Safety of residents is the primary consideration for all roommate pairings. Age, sex, history of behaviors, level of emotional maturity, development of coping skills and abiltiy to utilize those skills in a social setting all impact roommate pairing considerations. Residents may also indicate a preference for roommate assignment and that preference will be taken into consideration by program and therapeutic staff, but again assuring advance in therapeutic goals, attaining a high level of safety and comfort of residents will be the primary determinant for assingments. Review of clinical history by medical, clinical and program staff is undertaken before assignment of roomates. New residents are told to report any issues related to their roomates to staff. Those reports are forwarded to nursing and therapeutic staff to determine if an issue requiring either re-assignment of roomates or a no roomate order is required. Page |9 Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 What happens when characteristics of concern come to light, and how is a roommate change made owing to these characteristics? What safety monitoring practices are applicable during the day? At night? Any concerns by staff with peer interaction is brought to the attention of the unit nurse initially; he or she has the authority to take immediate action to insure resident safety if a significant issue exists. Resident's primary therapist and medical staff are informed on all such incidents with modification the primary treatment plan for that child if those concerns are impacting on-going behaviors and treatment. More immediate action can be taken if a safety risk is noted with program staff and primary therapists involved in discussing why actions were taken by staff with the effected residents. Staff ineract with residents on a continual basis throughout the day, maintaining line of sight contact through most daily activities. Residents are expected to attend school during week days and participate in group activities throughout the day with unit staff as well as therapists, nurses, teachers and other staff interacting with the residents. Video camers run twenty-four hours a day in common areas. During sleeping hours staff are assigned to specific units and are required to walk hallways and view residents in their beds every fifteen minutes throughout the night; notes are maintained on all such reviews with timing noted for all room passes. EDUCATION SERVICES Please indicate what types of educational ☒ On Site School ☐ Day Treatment ☐ Outpatient Services services the facility provides. ☐ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type Comments: Acadia Montana has a K - 12 school program that is accredited by the Northwest Accreditation Commission (NWAC), a Division of AdvancED, monitored for Special Education compliance by the Montana Office of Public Instruction, and recognized by NASET (National Association of Special Education Teachers) as a school of Excellence. Acadia Montana requests school records upon admission and will work with the home school Please describe how you communicate as requested by parent/guardian and/or school district . Special Education records are renewed with school districts. How do you ensure communication with home-based schools? or up-dated as required by law and as requested by parent/guardian and/or school district. A resident's school progress is evaluated and documented every 28 days and is reported as requested by parent/guardian and/or school disticts.Thirty (30) days before dischage (if known) the school district is notified and a transition meeting is scheduled as desired by the receiving district. Home-based school are treated the same. Educational Accreditation Northwest Accreditation Commission (NWAC), a Division of AdvancED P a g e | 10 Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Does your program accept school credits from other schools or programs? TREATMENT PLANNING AND REVIEW Who participates in regular treatment team meetings? Please check each regular (at least monthly) participant in treatment review/planning. ☒ Yes ☐ No ☒ Psychiatrist ☐Pediatrician ☒Nurse ☐Pharmacist ☒Other Medical (please list): Physician, Nurse Practitioner assigned, Unit Nurse may participate ☐ Physical Therapist ☐ Speech Therapist ☐ Occupational Therapist ☐ Dietitian ☒ Psychologist ☒ LCSW ☐ Behavior Analyst ☒ Other Clinician (name, credentials): Masters level therapists which may include: LCPC, Art Therapist, Recreational Therapist or others shown in previous column including Speech Therapist, Physical Therapist or Occupational Therapist if assigned. ☒ School Representative (name, role): Resident’s teacher may attend, school principal may attend to discuss various aspects of treatment or discharge plan ☒ Milieu (name, role): Program Director or unit staff member may attend to be involved in discussion of specific topics related to that resident. P a g e | 11 Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How does your program involve the family in treatment, keep them informed of their child’s progress, and prepare them for step-down as part of the discharge process? How does your program identify/assess the function of challenging behaviors? How does your program measure progress on treatment plan goals and objectives (e.g., subjective report, phase/level progress/specific data points)? Family involvement in the treatment of their child is critical. Family for many of our residents may mean extended family and in a number of cases may involve adoptive families or foster placements but in the vast majority of situations these "family members" are critical to making treatment successful. Family therapy is scheduled weekly and for many of our residents that means telephone or Skype sessions with direct face to face sessions as often as possible. Family members are given an initial schedule of weekly therapy sessions and then asked to tell us what works for them; our therapists work with primary family members on a schedule of sessions that works for all participants. We encourage family members to participate in monthly treatment team meetings where treatment goal attainment or issues in achieving those goals are discussed. Specific behaviors that are positively or negatively impacting goal attainment are reviewed with a review of how those behaviors will impact the resident in their home community. Most, if not all residents display some form of challenging behavior. Each resident's behaviors and history of interaction with treatment professionals is fairly well documented in order for that child to be approved for placement in a psychiatric residential treatment facility. Various assessments and evaluations are ordered and completed by medical, therapeutic and educational staff, tools such as the Child and Adolescent Needs and Strengths-Mental Health (CANS-MH) and Child Behavior Checklist are completed to better define issues and suggest possible approaches to treatment. A full evaluation of medication management is undertaken to gain a greater understanding of the impact of previously prescribed medications and determine if suggestions for modification will be made. An individual treatment plan is designed with defined and measurable goals and treatment is initiated. Treatment plans are designed to have measurable and observable goals which can be assessed over a period of time to determine if objectives are being attained. Level system progress is one area that can give immedicate feedback on progress in attaining goals; ability to maintain a high level can reflect positively on the ability to manage achievement and carry that over to the home and community environment. Other measurements of success in treatment plans can include educational achievement, particularily through the Woodcock-McGraw-Werder Mini-Battery of Achievement Scores and measured achievement in the Child Behavioral Checklist (CBCL) which is given on admission and again before discharge. P a g e | 12 Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Does your facility employ a privilege/level system? ☒ Yes ☐ No TREATMENT Below, please list (separately) your facility’s Treatment Approaches/Evidence Based Practices/Promising Practices/treatment orientations (e.g., SPARCS, Resiliency Framework, Social Stories, Nurtured Heart, Mentalization, etc). Art Therapy If Yes, on what basis do recipients earn privileges or improved level status? Under what circumstances, if any, is the level system modified? Research Support For each approach listed on the left, please identify the relevant staff training/credentials or cite the professional literature used to guide these approaches. Staff Training How are staff oriented to the items listed? Describe if/how administrative, clinical and milieu staff receive orientation, training and ongoing supervision. Master’s Level Training Master’s Level Training – post master’s certification Click here to type Acadia Montana has a four level system which is monitored daily with points awarded for positive progress in school, social, group and individual treatment environs. Attainment of higher levels within the system grants residents the ability to participate in all activities and can grant additional free time, game time or phone and Skype priviliges depending on a resident's treatment plan guidelines. If a child struggles with a particular aspect of our level system, examples may include duration of school classes or particular activities, modifications will be made to allow that child to show progress in goal attainment. P a g e | 13 Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 TF-CBT/CBT Mind over mood, feeling good book, mood management, and other available literature Relational Emphasis: indicated by active engagement, positive demeanor, empathy, calmness, validation of position goals and desires. Miller, Hubble, Duncan (1996) – continued demonstration by others in 2004, 2006 and current. Demonstrates that relationship produces 35% of the factors for change while specific approach (cbt, etc. accounts for 15%. PBIS (Positive Behavioral Intervention and Support) Program Director, Nursing Manager, Assistant Program Lead, Principal, Recreational Activities Staff attended training in January 2016 Click here to type Click here to type TF-CBT web based training/we use monthly direct care staff trainings to reinforce CBT concepts and have changed ESI paperwork to reflect CBT approach. Orientation training, yearly training, ongoing training in monthly meetings. MANDT recerts are required every year and that program emphasizes relationship. Training/orientation began in February 2016 for staff to help them understand and begin to build a concept of PBIS and how it relates to our population. Click here to type Does your facility employ or contract with Name and credential(s) of behavior specialist (if the individual does not have a BCBA, a behavior specialist (behavioral please provide a description of the person’s training in behavior analysis). Click here to type psychologist or BCBA) on the treatment team or staff? ☐ Yes ☒ No For each of the following professions/licenses, please answer the questions to the right. How does your facility ensure Is this professional a staff If on contract, under what that these professionals’ member? Full or part time? circumstances is this treatment recommendations professional involved in are implemented and treatment and planning? consistently followed? Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Dietitian Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Occupational Therapist Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Speech/Language Pathologist Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Other Medical (e.g., GI, Sleep) P a g e | 14 Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Dental Other Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type PSYCHOTHERAPY MODELS Please identify the psychotherapeutic models (e.g., CBT, DBT) used at your facility, by population Model Population Trauma Focused CBT All Residents CBT All Residents Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Family Therapy What are your expectations regarding family therapy? Clinical Supervision Describe how a professional provides clinical oversight to the program. How many hours/week? Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Acadia Montana bleieves that family therapy is critical in achieving a long term positive treatment impact for individual residents. In some cases, family therapy is counter indicated and in those cases Acadia will work with legal guardians and community resources to attain a level of support within a resident's home community to assure that therapeutic achievments are not lost upon discharge. We would expect that family sessions occure weekly and that involvement continue through treatment planning sessions to define specific goals that the resident, parent(s)/guardian, siblings and extended family can work through to maintain a positive therapeutic environment upon return to family living. Each primary therapist is supervised through weekly clinical meetings with the Clinical Director, where individual cases and situations are discussed and options explored; additional weekly sessions occur on individual units with the medical staff, Program Director, Director of Nursing and teachers. Individual therapists may attend multiple unit meetings depending on the age range and sex of residents they are assigned. Individual sessions with the Clinical Director are scheduled for one hour per week, but can be extended given more intense cases; unit meetings are scheduled for one hour for each unit. Additionally, as previously indicated each morning during the work week, therapists, Medical Director and practitioners, Clinical Director, Director of Nursing, School Principal, Recreational Director, and CEO meet to discuss any incidents from the previous day, plans for resolution of multiple incidents and general meetings and events for that day. P a g e | 15 Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Crisis Supports How does the program assure access to the appropriate care for clients in crisis situation? Acadia Montana is staffed with a full time Medical Director, two psychiatric nurse practitioners, an on-call physician, a nursing staff that includes a nurse for each resident's unit for sixteen hours per day; night staff has two nurses on duty each evening. Additionally, Acadia Montana works with our local hospital (St. James Hospital) for emergency services that can not be performed at our facility. If an acute setting is required for a child, we have worked with both Shodair Children's Hospital and the Billings Clinic for acute placements. Skill Development Please describe how your facility helps recipients develop the Methods/Interventions/Programs following: Interpersonal skills Individual treatment plans and groups supported or led by a resident's primary therapist would normally deal with issues of interpersonal skill development, self-regulation and communication. Groups led by other staff, including therapists, nurses, mental health workers and medical staff may well work with residents on issues related to any of these areas. Specialists for speech therapy may be brought in to work with specific issues and will become part of the overall treatment team and process. Recreational therapy provided to all residents may deal with issues of daily living like: cooking, laudry, cleaning, folding clothes, banking, completing a resume or applying for a job. Self-Regulation Daily Living Communication Other Please describe how your facility helps the recipient generalize these skills to their home environment. See Above See Above See Above See Above Our overall job is to create a treatment plan that addresses issues recognized as having a substantial impact on our residents and through the plan to development coping skills that will allow that individual to cope in their natural environment. Kids come to use from a variety of environments and we are concerned with giving that child the necessary skills to interact constructively with family, peers and home community. DAILY SCHEDULE P a g e | 16 Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe the daily schedule. How are transitions (to meals, school, activities, etc.) managed? How are meals managed (e.g., preparation, clean-up)? Please describe the types of recreational activities available to recipients. Daily schedule is structured with specific time for getting up completing daily hygiene, going to morning meal, attending school (five days per week) or planned activity, breaking during the day for individual, group or family therapy sessions, attending recreational activities inlcuding games and gym, reporting for lunch and dinner with team. Participation in outings for educational and recreational purposes either on site or through trips throughout the region. Specific free time is established for residents to interact, read, watch television or movies, do art projects, call or Skype approved call list or receive calls from parents. Days are fairly highly structured with defined times for getting up, meals, school, groups and recreational activities. Mental health and other staff will transition groups of five kids from each unit to the cafeteria, go through the café line with their choice of foods from designed meals and then eat meals in the cafeteria with other members of their team and staff as they arrive. If for any reason a child is not able to go to the cafeteria, a meal will be brought to the unit for that child. Meals are designed by our dietician, prepared by a professional staff and presented to all residents. Specific residents are on restricted diets due to allergies and will receive approved meals. Residents are expected clean up their immediate area after meals, bring plates, trays, etc. back to a kitchen window in the cafeteria and dispose of food remainants. Kitchen staff are responsible for final clean-up of utensils and cafeteria. On-Site Activities: Acadia Montana has two in-side gyms, a climbing wall, basketball and vollyball courts in the gyms. We also have outside basketball, vollyball, and playground equipment for younger residents. Lounges maintain video games, play areas, televisions for sporting events and movies and some general television shows. Off-Site Activities: Acadia Montana offers weekly outings, off-site for all units. Both educational and recreational outings are included with trips to regional museums, theaters, swimming, bowling, attending sporting events at a local college, fishing in summer months, hicking, skating and sleding. Our residents frequently attend community events such as fairs, sporting events, pow wows, carnivals, etc. DISCHARGE PLANNING AND POST-TREATMENT Click here to type When does discharge planning begin? P a g e | 17 Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Who is responsible for discharge planning at your facility? Acadia Montana offers weekly outings, off-site for all units. Both educational and recreational outings are included with trips to regional museums, theaters, swimming, bowling, attending sporting events at a local college, fishing in summer months, hicking, skating and sleding. Our residents frequently attend community events such as fairs, sporting events, pow wows, carnevals, etc. What percentage of your recipients return to: Therapeutic Foster Care: 5% Foster Care: 15% Family: 50% Group Home: 25% Corrections: 1% Independent Living: 4% If Yes, please describe your findings. Do you do any follow up to learn what happens with your recipients after they discharge from your facility? ☐ Yes ☒ No Click here to type Please use the space below for further comments regarding your facility. Click here to type Section B AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDERS QUESTIONNAIRE P a g e | 18 Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please provide additional information regarding the We ask that all lower functioning residents andkids on the characteristics of the recipients with ASD for whom you can spectrum have language skills. We do accept residents below 70 provide specialized treatment (e.g., ASD with IQ under 70, ASD IQ, down to 60 with consideration for low functioning kids. with IQ over 70, Asperger’s disorder, etc.). Please be specific, especially regarding developmental age and/or IQ requirements. Please check each box that corresponds with aspects of treatment at your facility that are listed below. These elements, other than CBT as discussed below, are described in “Practice Parameter for the Assessment of Children and Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder”, Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Feb 2014. Do you have screening If Yes, please list the tools(s) by name and/or send copies. mechanisms for ASD that Our residents that are on the spectrum come to us clearly identified. includes questions about ASD and symptomatology? ☐ Yes ☒ No What diagnostic Psyciatric evaluation, psychological if needed, neuro psyc if determation is that there is a need. evaluation/assessment process do you use? Please check all ☒ Family interviews that are included: ☒ Review of past records ☒Consideration of DSM-V criteria ☒History, including educational and behavioral interventions ☒ Differential diagnosis ☒ Observation ☐ Specific Tools (please identify): Click here to type For each of the following elements, please use the drop down menu to indicate whether it is included in your multidisciplinary assessment of children with ASD. If you indicate “as needed,” please describe what would prompt an assessment. Physical Exam Yes On admit Screening for Yes On admit Gastrointestinal Problems Hearing Screen As Needed Kid or history prompts P a g e | 19 Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Examination for Signs As Needed Team decision of Tuberous Sclerosis Genetic Testing As Needed Team decision Consideration of As Needed Team decision Unusual Features Click here to type Psychological Assessment As Needed (cognitive and adaptive) Communication As Needed Team decision Assessment Occupational Therapy As Needed Team decision Assessment Physical Therapy As Needed Team/nursing decision Assessment Sleep Assessment As Needed Doctor order/team decision Please indicate which evidence-based and structured educational and behavioral interventions are in use at your facility by checking the box in the left hand column as well as answering the additional questions in the right hand column, as applicable. Is ABA used in school? ☐ Yes ☒ No ☐ Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Is ABA used in ☐ Yes ☒ No residential? Is ABA in treatment ☐ Yes ☒ No plan? What credentials does N/A your ABA specialist have? Is this person on the N/A treatment team? P a g e | 20 Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 ☒ Alternative Communication Modalities ☐ Pragmatic Language skills training ☒ Social Skills training ☒ Education ☐ Other Is this person a N/A contractor or staff member? Please identify (e.g., Picture Exchange Communication System, sign language, assistive technologies, visual schedules, etc.) We do use PEC, sign and visual schedules Please describe and/or identify the program or supporting literature. Groups/Therapy If structured educational models are used, please identify. Most residents have IEP, aim to cover goals Please describe. Click here to type Please answer the following questions. Are there medications that you If yes, please identify. typically use with this population? Click here to type ☐ Yes ☐ No Click here to type Please describe your facility’s approach to the use of medication with children and youth with ASD. Do you inquire about the use of Please explain. complementary/alternative Look at Neurofeed back versus ABA treatments? ☒ Yes ☐ No What staff person/people are Please identify by name, role and credentials. familiar with the literature Medical Director, Jim Killpack, MD regarding best/evidence-based practices for this population? P a g e | 21 Acadia Montana February 22, 2016 Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Under what circumstances, and/or what are the characteristics of recipients with ASD with whom your facility uses Cognitive Behavioral Therapy? Who are the regular treatment team members for the children with ASD in your care? CBT is part of our programming and therapy for all residents. Please identify by name, role and credentials. ASD kids are a regular part of our milieu and are on all halls and programs. All our therapists and attendings have someone on the spectrum in their care. For facilities that provide treatment for individuals with Asperger’s Disorder or individuals with ASD who do not experience Intellectual Disabilities, please answer the following question: Please describe your approach to As above, all ASDkids are in all aspects of our program. Individual needs are addressed through treatment and any interventions the treatment plan to provide individualization. that are employed specifically for this population. Please also provide information about the research that supports this approach with this population. Please use the space below for additional comments. Click here to type P a g e | 22 Benchmark Behavioral Health, Inc Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 This form was first introduced in 2013, and has been modified in this (2016) version. All Psychiatric Residential Treatment Facilities (PRTF) that contract with Alaska Medicaid are required to complete this Section A. Facilities that indicate Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) as a specialty are also required to complete Section B. The form will be posted on a website in order to be available to families, providers and guardians who are considering placement in a PRTF for a child. If you facility has more than one Alaska Medicaid provider number, please complete one form for each. Use the tab key to move to each new section. Please complete this form and return via email to: akbehavioralhealth@qualishealth.org Section A FACILITY INFORMATION Name and title of person completing this form Date completed Contact number Site/Cottage/Facility Name Address Kelly Berg, Admissions Coordinator & Executive Assistant February 19, 2016 (801)299-5319 Benchmark Behavioral Health, Inc 592 West 1350 South, Woods Cross UT 84087 GENERAL OVERVIEW Accreditation Body Utah Department of Health and the Joint Commission Indicate which gender(s) you serve and the applicable age range and number of licensed beds below Age Range # of Licensed Beds 13-20 84 ☒Males Click here to type Click here to type ☐Females Click here to type Click here to type ☐Other Describe your client:staff ratio and how it is calculated for the following: Nursing Milieu Comments Day 28:1 nurse 4:1 direct care staff This does not include teachers, therapists, administrative personnel HOME PRINT Page |1 Benchmark Behavioral Health, Inc Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Evening 28:1 nurse 4:1 direct care staff This does not include teachers, therapists, administrative personnel Click here to type Night 28: 1 nurse 12:1 direct care staff Does your facility have requirements regarding IQ? If yes, please explain. Our clients must have an IQ of 50 or higher ☒ Yes ☐ No What is the average length of stay for For AK Medicaid Recipients? Other State’s Medicaid Tricare/Other Insured? the facility overall? 12 months Recipients? 12 months 12 months 12 months Are you anticipating change to your program? If yes, please describe. N/A ☐ Yes ☒ No Is the facility locked or unlocked? ☐ Locked ☒ Unlocked Is the facility secure? ☒ Yes ☐ No Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and All employees are trained to recognize the signs/symptoms of treating children and youth with FASD. What kind of training do patients with FASD during their new hire training. They also your staff receive (include milieu as well as clinical staff). receive annual training on FASD and other disorders. Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and Every employee undergoes annual growth and developmental treating children and youth with extensive trauma histories. training, which includes trauma informed cognitive behavioral What kind of training do your staff receive (include milieu as well therapy. as clinical). Identify your trauma treatment approach and describe the approach regarding staff training and Evidence Based Practices. At Benchmark we collaborate constantly and whenever a staff feels Please describe your facility’s approach to secondary trauma in triggered in any way they can be "switched out" by another staff. We staff (for example, stress resulting from helping or wanting to also utilize an EAP program which all staff are aware of. help a traumatized or suffering person). Specialty Populations Please check all specialty populations this What training does staff receive for this population? facility serves. Page |2 Benchmark Behavioral Health, Inc Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 ☒ Autism Spectrum Disorders (High Functioning and Asperger’s) NOTE: Facilities with this specialty must complete Section B ☒ Autism Spectrum Disorders (severe/low functioning) NOTE: Facilities with this specialty must complete Section B Sexualized behaviors: ☒ Sexually reactive (e.g. response to trauma) ☒ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. resulting from cognitive or neuro-behavioral issues) ☒ Sexually offending: ☒ adjudicated/ ☒ nonadjudicated Excluded Populations New hire employees receive 40 hours of orientation/training which includes population training. In addition, staff members receive 40 hours of ongoing training annually, which is population specific. Same Same Click here to type ☐ Eating Disorder Click here to type ☐ Other Click here to type Click here to type ☐ Other Click here to type Please check all populations excluded from this facility. ☐ Sexually reactive (e.g. response ☐ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. to trauma) resulting from cognitive or neurobehavioral issues) ☒ Eating Disorder ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders (severe/low functioning) ☐ Suicidal ideation/attempts ☒ Other: Diabetic ☐ Psychosis ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders (high functioning/Asperger’s) ☐ Elopement Risk ☐ Other: Click here to type Sexually offending: ☐ adjudicated/ ☐ nonadjudicated ☐ Physical Aggression ☐ Self-injurious behaviors ☐ Fire setting ☐ Other: Click here to type Page |3 Benchmark Behavioral Health, Inc Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Comments: Click here to type What type of behavior management Benchmark utilizes and trains all staff in the Crisis Prevention Institute’s Non-Violent program do you use? Please name the Crisis Intervention program. This training promotes verbal de-escalation as the program and describe the training. principle intervention for acting out individuals, with physical restraints being used as a last resort. Do you do functional behavior A monthly multi-disciplinary staffing meeting is held to discuss each patient. At this assessments? If so, please describe your time we review the patient’s behaviors, what they may mean, and discuss why he approach. If not, how do you assess the might be exhibiting them. The patient’s therapist also meets with our Director of function of behaviors in your populations? Clinical Services weekly to review their patient’s current level of behavioral functioning. Additionally, when the need arises, we will conduct a “Special Staffing” meeting for a patient who is struggling. At these sessions our therapists, unit managers, nurses, teachers, and psychologist work together to gain a better understanding of that patient’s behavioral presentation and discuss ideas for positive interventions. List types of safety monitoring used (e.g., Patients are always under staff observation with a staff to patient ration of 1:4. Video staff observation, video cameras). cameras are in place for additional observation and are located in patient bedrooms, classrooms, hallways, time out rooms, courtyards, gym and cafeteria. There are no cameras located in patient bathrooms. How does the facility assure access to The facility has 18 nurses on staff with nurses always on site 24 hours a day. The facility appropriate medical and dental care? also employes two full time psychiatrists. Referrals are made to community services for eye exams, dental, or orthopaedic care. Does the facility use timeout? If Yes, under what conditions? If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? All patients have the resources available to When a patient is in time out they are ☒ Yes ☐ No request a time out whenever needed. monitered the entire time by staff There are also staff initiated time outs that members. Staff will also provide are utilized to allow for de-escelation and feedback and support as needed. When refocusing of behaviors. the time out is over patients will verbally process what led to the time out taking place. Page |4 Benchmark Behavioral Health, Inc Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Does the facility use seclusion? ☒ Yes ☐ No Does the facility use restraints? ☒ Yes ☐ No How are facility staff trained regarding seclusion and the use of restraint? Please describe initial staff training as well as the follow up training process. How frequently are individual and facility seclusion and restraint data reviewed, and by whom? If Yes, under what conditions? Seculsions are utilized as a last resort for patients who are acting out at a level that threatens the safety of themselves or others. If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? A doctors order has to be obtained for a patient to be placed in a seclusion. During the seclusion the patient is under constant monitering and supervision of staff. Each seclusion is reviewed and discussed by a multi-disciplinary treatment team to determine whether special interventions are needed for that particular patient. If Yes, under what conditions? If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? A physical hold will be used on a patient Whenever a physical hold is used on a only once all verbal means of managing the patient, the event is discussed and situation have been exhausted and the reviewed by the staff involved in the patient has reached a point where he is a physical hold and the patient. It is also danger to himself or others. discussed and reviewed by our multidisciplinary treatment team to determine if there is a need for special interventions for that patient. Benchmark utilizes the Non-Violent Crisis Prevention program offered through the Crisis Prevention Institute (CPI). New staff go through 40 hours of initial training, which includes 16 hours of CPI training to become fully certified in the program. Staff receive re-certification training in CPI every 6 months thereafter. Individual Facility Every restraint & seclusion are discussed Every month our Performance and reviewed daily by a multi-disciplinary Improvement Committee holds a meeting treatment team to determine if there is a to discuss the number of seculsions and need for special interventions for a restraints and develop strategies to particular client. reduce them in the coming month. Page |5 Benchmark Behavioral Health, Inc Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Under what conditions and for what kind of events do you report “incidents” to Alaska Behavioral Health? Individual Facility We report to Alaska Behavioral Health Every incident report is discussed and each time an incident occurs that involves: reviewed daily by a multi-disciplinary seclusion, restraint, AWOL, significant treatment team to determine if there is a injury, and sexually acting out. Additional need for special attentions, which would incidents not on that list maybe be include an incident report to Alaska reported to Alaska Behavioral Health as Behavioral Health. well. Does your program use aggregate progress If Yes, please describe. data for overall quality improvement? During Performance Improvement Committee meetings, data and outcome measures are discussed and analyzed. This information then drives additional training and ☒ Yes ☐ No development in areas that show a need for improvement. STRUCTURE AND SUPERVISION Would you characterize the level of Please explain your rating. structure and supervision provided by your High program as low, moderate or high? Choose a level Describe how the level or intensity of supervision may vary across youth. Is the level of supervision based on individual risk and/or therapeutic need? ☒ Yes ☐ No There is always a direct care staff to patient ratio of 1:4. Additional staff in the form of teachers, therapists, and administrative personnel may also be present. For instances when a patient is placed on a precaution for self-harm or harm to others, a patient will be under ‘Line of Site’ supervision until such time the doctor feels it is safe for the patient to be taken off that precaution. Please explain. Increased supervision (supervision greater than the staff to patient 1:4 ratio) is based on a patient’s special needs or high acuity/crisis needs. This includes the “Line of Site” superivision discussed in the previous question. Page |6 Benchmark Behavioral Health, Inc Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 What are the characteristics that would promote or prevent pairing of recipients as roommates? What is the safety monitoring policy/procedure for determining the assignment of roommates? What happens when characteristics of concern come to light, and how is a roommate change made owing to these characteristics? What safety monitoring practices are applicable during the day? At night? A variety of factors will determine roommate placement. These include, but are not limited to: age, abuse history, previous criminal offenses, psychiatric diagnoses, and social skill deficits. Roomates are determined based on the clinical profile and behaviors of each patient on that specific unit. Each situation is looked at on an individual basis. Unit managers will then make suggestions for changes and get approval to follow through from the clinical team. Patients are under constent supervision and monitoring by staff members, Q15’s are done for each patient, and cameras are in place throughout the facility. EDUCATION SERVICES Please indicate what types of educational ☒ On Site School ☐ Day Treatment ☐ Outpatient Services services the facility provides. ☐ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type Comments: Benchmark has a fully accredited school on site with Special Education certified teachers. Please describe how you communicate As soon as we begin the admission process for a patient, we obtain their educational with school districts. How do you ensure transcirpts and then contact their local school district for student records. We make communication with home-based schools? sure that we are following their IEP and that the patient’s home school district is involved with the IEP process. We will do any testing and/or provide any educational content that is required by that school district. When a patient is discharged, we ensure that their local school district receives the appropriate educational records. We are also available for participation in future IEP development or for clarification of transcripts. Educational Accreditation NWAC/AdvancED Does your program accept school credits ☒ Yes ☐ No from other schools or programs? Page |7 Benchmark Behavioral Health, Inc Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 TREATMENT PLANNING AND REVIEW Who participates in regular treatment team meetings? Please check each regular (at least monthly) participant in treatment review/planning. How does your program involve the family in treatment, keep them informed of their child’s progress, and prepare them for step-down as part of the discharge process? How does your program identify/assess the function of challenging behaviors? ☒ Psychiatrist ☐Pediatrician ☒Nurse ☐Pharmacist ☐Other Medical (please list): Click here to type ☐ Physical Therapist ☐ Speech Therapist ☐ Occupational Therapist ☐ Dietitian ☒ Psychologist ☒ LCSW ☐ Behavior Analyst ☒ Other Clinician (name, credentials): Recreation Therapist ☒ School Representative (name, role): Teacher ☒ Milieu (name, role): Unit Manager Weekly family therapy sessions are conducted via telephone with the patient and their therapist. The family/legal guardians are also invited to participate in the monthly treatment team meeting, and updated monthly treatment plans are sent to family members. The therapists provides additional contact with the family/legal guardians throughout the month and assists with the discharge planning process as well. Patients who fall into this category are identified in each month’s treatment team meetings. To determine the best treatment strategies, a full review of their records is completed, special staffing meetings are held, and/or testing is done by our facility’s psychologist. Page |8 Benchmark Behavioral Health, Inc Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How does your program measure progress on treatment plan goals and objectives (e.g., subjective report, phase/level progress/specific data points)? Does your facility employ a privilege/level system? ☒ Yes ☐ No TREATMENT Below, please list (separately) your facility’s Treatment Approaches/Evidence Based Practices/Promising Practices/treatment orientations (e.g., SPARCS, Resiliency Framework, Social Stories, Nurtured Heart, Mentalization, etc). Pathways Program for SO population Measurable goals and objectives are placed on each patients individual treatment plan. These plans are reviewed and adjusted on a monthly basis. If Yes, on what basis do recipients earn Under what circumstances, if any, is the privileges or improved level status? level system modified? Click here to type Patients are under a level system from 15. Patient receive greater privileges at higher levels and they achieve these levels by following program rules and expectations and by actively engaging in the treatment process. Research Support For each approach listed on the left, please identify the relevant staff training/credentials or cite the professional literature used to guide these approaches. Staff Training How are staff oriented to the items listed? Describe if/how administrative, clinical and milieu staff receive orientation, training and ongoing supervision. Therapists are trained on site and through masters level education courses. Our Director of Clinical Services provides supervision to clinical team and staff members. Therapists are required to complete ongoing CEU training. Page |9 Benchmark Behavioral Health, Inc Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Trauma Focused Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Therapists are trained on site and through masters level education. We are currently in the process of having each therapist become certified in this area through offsite and on-line trainings. Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Our Director of Clinical Services provides supervision to our clinical team and staff members. Therapists are required to complete ongoing CEU training and then conduct trainings to all staff on an annual basis, especially regarding the behavioral interventions that are used Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Does your facility employ or contract with Name and credential(s) of behavior specialist (if the individual does not have a BCBA, a behavior specialist (behavioral please provide a description of the person’s training in behavior analysis). psychologist or BCBA) on the treatment David Gambles Ph.D. team or staff? ☒ Yes ☐ No For each of the following professions/licenses, please answer the questions to the right. How does your facility ensure Is this professional a staff If on contract, under what that these professionals’ member? Full or part time? circumstances is this treatment recommendations professional involved in are implemented and treatment and planning? consistently followed? Click here to type Click here to type Dietitian Part time Click here to type Click here to type Occupational Therapist Click here to type Click here to type Speech/Language Pathologist Part time Click here to type Click here to type Other Medical (e.g., GI, Sleep) Click here to type Click here to type Dental Click here to type Click here to type Other P a g e | 10 Benchmark Behavioral Health, Inc Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 PSYCHOTHERAPY MODELS Please identify the psychotherapeutic models (e.g., CBT, DBT) used at your facility, by population Model Population Cognitive Behavioral Therapy All populations Psychoeducational Lower functioning populations Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Family Therapy What are your expectations regarding family therapy? Clinical Supervision Describe how a professional provides clinical oversight to the program. How many hours/week? Crisis Supports How does the program assure access to the appropriate care for clients in crisis situation? Skill Development Please describe how your facility helps recipients develop the following: Interpersonal skills Self-Regulation Daily Living Communication Other Weekly family therapy is conducted via telephone as well as during on site visitations when possible. Our Director of Clinical Services and Assistant Director of Clinical Services work full time and provide supervision and oversite to all clinical programs. There is round the clock medical staff and direct care staff at the facility. Our Administrative staff and therapists are also on call during non-business hours. Methods/Interventions/Programs Therapeutic melieu, psychoeducational groups, recreational therapy, individual therapy, unit and school outings. Therapeutic melieu, psychoeducational groups, recreational therapy, individual therapy, unit and school outings. Therapeutic melieu, psychoeducational groups, recreational therapy, individual therapy, unit and school outings. Therapeutic melieu, psychoeducational groups, recreational therapy, individual therapy, unit and school outings. Therapeutic melieu, psychoeducational groups, recreational therapy, individual therapy, unit and school outings. P a g e | 11 Benchmark Behavioral Health, Inc Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe how your facility helps the recipient generalize these skills to their home environment. DAILY SCHEDULE Please describe the daily schedule. How are transitions (to meals, school, activities, etc.) managed? How are meals managed (e.g., preparation, clean-up)? Please describe the types of recreational activities available to recipients. This is done through family therapy and regular contact with family members. Patients also have opportunities to participate in staff supervised outings, including recreational therapy outings. The therapists also works to help the patient generalize the skills they are learning through the weekly family therapy sessions and off campus passes during family visits. School 8:00AM to 3:00PM, after 3:00PM milieu activites include outings, group therapy, movie time, down time, etc… Specific schedules are available upon request. Staff on different units communicate with each other through radio to ensure smooth transitions. Full time cafeteria staff members prepare all meals. Patients are responsible for cleaning the dining area after their meals. Vocational opportunities are available for patients to acquire culinary skills. On-Site Activities: Off-Site Activities: Patients participate in Recreational Through our Recreational Therapy Therapy on a daily basis. These activites department, patients may participate in include, but are not limited to – baking, outings such as movies, hiking, canoing, gym time, on-site library visits, ping pong, ropes courses, snowboarding, museum board games, and movies. Patients are visits, and eating at restaraunts. also allowed free time on the units where they have access to video games, movies, TV, board games and other recreational items. DISCHARGE PLANNING AND POST-TREATMENT P a g e | 12 Benchmark Behavioral Health, Inc Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 When does discharge planning begin? Who is responsible for discharge planning at your facility? What percentage of your recipients return to: Do you do any follow up to learn what happens with your recipients after they discharge from your facility? ☐ Yes ☒ No Discharge planning begins on the day the patient is admitted when an estimated length of stay is decided on. The patients discharge date is then discussed during the monthly treatment team meetins and modified as needed based on the patient’s response to treatment. Each patient’s primary therapist works with the our treatment team, parents, caseworkers, probation officers etc…, to develop a discharge plan. Therapeutic Foster Care: Click here to type Foster Care: Click here to type Family: Click here to type Group Home: Click here to type Corrections: Click here to type Independent Living: Click here to type If Yes, please describe your findings. Click here to type Please use the space below for further comments regarding your facility. Click here to type Section B P a g e | 13 Benchmark Behavioral Health, Inc Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDERS QUESTIONNAIRE Click here to type Please provide additional information regarding the characteristics of the recipients with ASD for whom you can provide specialized treatment (e.g., ASD with IQ under 70, ASD with IQ over 70, Asperger’s disorder, etc.). Please be specific, especially regarding developmental age and/or IQ requirements. Please check each box that corresponds with aspects of treatment at your facility that are listed below. These elements, other than CBT as discussed below, are described in “Practice Parameter for the Assessment of Children and Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder”, Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Feb 2014. Do you have screening If Yes, please list the tools(s) by name and/or send copies. Click here to type mechanisms for ASD that includes questions about ASD and symptomatology? ☐ Yes ☐ No Click here to type What diagnostic evaluation/assessment process do you use? Please check all ☐ Family interviews that are included: ☐ Review of past records ☐Consideration of DSM-V criteria ☐History, including educational and behavioral interventions ☐ Differential diagnosis ☐ Observation ☐ Specific Tools (please identify): Click here to type For each of the following elements, please use the drop down menu to indicate whether it is included in your multidisciplinary assessment of children with ASD. If you indicate “as needed,” please describe what would prompt an assessment. Click here to type Physical Exam Choose an answer Click here to type Screening for Choose an answer Gastrointestinal Problems P a g e | 14 Benchmark Behavioral Health, Inc Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Click here to type Hearing Screen Choose an answer Click here to type Examination for Signs Choose an answer of Tuberous Sclerosis Click here to type Genetic Testing Choose an answer Choose an answer Click here to type Consideration of Unusual Features Click here to type Psychological Assessment Choose an answer (cognitive and adaptive) Click here to type Communication Choose an answer Assessment Click here to type Occupational Therapy Choose an answer Assessment Click here to type Physical Therapy Choose an answer Assessment Click here to type Sleep Assessment No Please indicate which evidence-based and structured educational and behavioral interventions are in use at your facility by checking the box in the left hand column as well as answering the additional questions in the right hand column, as applicable. Is ABA used in school? ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Is ABA used in ☐ Yes ☐ No residential? Is ABA in treatment ☐ Yes ☐ No plan? What credentials does Click here to type your ABA specialist have? Click here to type Is this person on the treatment team? P a g e | 15 Benchmark Behavioral Health, Inc Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 ☐ Alternative Communication Modalities Click here to type Is this person a contractor or staff member? Please identify (e.g., Picture Exchange Communication System, sign language, assistive technologies, visual schedules, etc.) ☐ Pragmatic Language skills training ☐ Social Skills training Please describe and/or identify the program or supporting literature. ☐ Education If structured educational models are used, please identify. ☐ Other Please describe. Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Please answer the following questions. Are there medications that you If yes, please identify. typically use with this population? Click here to type ☐ Yes ☐ No Click here to type Please describe your facility’s approach to the use of medication with children and youth with ASD. Do you inquire about the use of Please explain. Click here to type complementary/alternative treatments? ☐ Yes ☐ No What staff person/people are Please identify by name, role and credentials. Click here to type familiar with the literature regarding best/evidence-based practices for this population? P a g e | 16 Benchmark Behavioral Health, Inc Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Under what circumstances, and/or what are the characteristics of recipients with ASD with whom your facility uses Cognitive Behavioral Therapy? Who are the regular treatment team members for the children with ASD in your care? Click here to type Please identify by name, role and credentials. Dr. David Gambles, Dr. Jerome Vance, Dr. Bret Marshall, Nicole Abbott LCSW, Scott Roper LMFT, Shanna Guzman CSW, Brian Anderson LCSW, Danielle Payne CSW, Mary Barker LCSW, Chris Tippetts LCSW, Mindy Nance LCSW, Paul Okula LMFT For facilities that provide treatment for individuals with Asperger’s Disorder or individuals with ASD who do not experience Intellectual Disabilities, please answer the following question: Click here to type Please describe your approach to treatment and any interventions that are employed specifically for this population. Please also provide information about the research that supports this approach with this population. Please use the space below for additional comments. Click here to type P a g e | 17 Benchmark Behavioral Health, Inc Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 P a g e | 18 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 This form was first introduced in 2013, and has been modified in this (2016) version. All Psychiatric Residential Treatment Facilities (PRTF) that contract with Alaska Medicaid are required to complete this Section A. Facilities that indicate Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) as a specialty are also required to complete Section B. The form will be posted on a website in order to be available to families, providers and guardians who are considering placement in a PRTF for a child. If you facility has more than one Alaska Medicaid provider number, please complete one form for each. Use the tab key to move to each new section. Please complete this form and return via email to: akbehavioralhealth@qualishealth.org Section A FACILITY INFORMATION Name and title of person completing this form Date completed Contact number Site/Cottage/Facility Name Address Nicole Fuglsang, MA, LPC (Co-Founder, Vice President of Admissions Operations May 1, 2016 573-746-7362 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) 130 Calo Lane, Lake Ozark, Missouri 65049 GENERAL OVERVIEW Accreditation Body Joint Commission Indicate which gender(s) you serve and the applicable age range and number of licensed beds below Age Range # of Licensed Beds 9-18 62 (22 preteen, 40 teen) ☒Males 9-18 62 (22 preteen, 40 teen) ☒Females Click here to type Click here to type ☐Other Describe your client:staff ratio and how it is calculated for the following: Nursing Milieu Comments Day 2.5 FTE’s on-site 4:1 Med Tech also onsite 8-2 HOME PRINT Page | 1 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Click here to type Evening 1 FTE on-site 4:1 Click here to type Night 1 FTE on-site 12:1 Does your facility have requirements regarding IQ? If yes, please explain. 80 or above minimum, over 85 preferred. ☒ Yes ☐ No What is the average length of stay for For AK Medicaid Recipients? Other State’s Medicaid Tricare/Other Insured? Click here to type Click here to type the facility overall? Recipients? 12-13 months 12-13 months Are you anticipating change to your program? If yes, please describe. Click here to type □ Yes ☒ No Is the facility locked or unlocked? □ Locked ☒ Unlocked Is the facility secure? ☒ Yes ☐ No Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and We do annual training with staff in regard to the impacts of treating children and youth with FASD. What kind of training do FASD and students treatment and how to approach these your staff receive (include milieu as well as clinical staff). students withonteh contxt ofteh Calo CASA model. Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and All staff receive 40 hours of training annually, with at a treating children and youth with extensive trauma histories. minimum of ten of those hours specifically trained on complex What kind of training do your staff receive (include milieu as and early childhood trauma. All staff are trained in our well as clinical). Identify your trauma treatment approach and developmental trama model CASA. Staff must pass a series of describe the approach regarding staff training and Evidence written tests showing their competency in the CASA trauma Based Practices. model. Please describe your facility’s approach to secondary trauma in Self Care, fatigue, burnout, and vicarious trauma are all trained staff (for example, stress resulting from helping or wanting to on during the orientation process, and ongoing yearly. All staff help a traumatized or suffering person). take part in weekly 1:1’s with their direct supervisor to discuss concerns as well. Specialty Populations Please check all specialty populations this What training does staff receive for this population? facility serves. Not our specialty, we only accept high functioning and ☒ Autism Spectrum Disorders (High only if this diagnoses is in combination with the impacts Functioning and Asperger’s) NOTE: Facilities of developmental trauma/childhood stress. with this specialty must complete Section B Page | 2 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 □ Autism Spectrum Disorders (severe/low functioning) NOTE: Facilities with this specialty must complete Section B Sexualized behaviors: ☒ Sexually reactive (e.g. response to trauma) □ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. resulting from cognitive or neuro-behavioral issues) □ Sexually offending: ☐ adjudicated/ ☐ non-adjudicated Excluded Populations Click here to type Click here to type □ Eating Disorder Click here to type □ Other Click here to type Click here to type □ Other Click here to type Please check all populations excluded from this facility. □ Sexually reactive (e.g. ☒ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. response to trauma) resulting from cognitive or neurobehavioral issues) Sexually offending: ☒ adjudicated/ ☒ nonadjudicated □ Eating Disorder ☒ Psychosis □ Physical Aggression ☒ Autism Spectrum Disorders □ Autism Spectrum Disorders □ Self-injurious behaviors (severe/low functioning) (high functioning/Asperger’s) □ Suicidal ideation/attempts □ Elopement Risk □ Fire setting ☒ Other: Valid Conduct Disorder ☒ Other: Pregnant Clients ☒ Other: Clients with parents or Anti-Social Diagnosis that are unwilling to participate. Comments: Clients with primary diagnosis of substance abuse are also ruled out. Page | 3 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 What type of behavior management program do you use? Please name the program and describe the training. Individuals enrolled at CALO typically present with a significant history of acting out behaviors that need to be addressed in treatment to ensure Individual safety, to support the development of alternative coping skills, to reduce the lowered selfworth of Individuals that follows most acting out episodes and to allow increased focus on treatment issues otherwise obscured by overt, problematic behaviors. Guiding principles that govern CALO’s philosophy related to behavior management include the following:• Interventions are to be as least restrictive as possible• Interventions are to foster adaptive and pro-social behavior, not exclusively behavior control• Interventions are to be confined to authorized techniques• Interventions are to be created as a part of the Individual’s behavior support plan and/or the Individual’s treatment plan• Interventions are to only be created by the Individual’s treating therapist• Interventions are approved by the governing bodyWhen it is decided by the Individual’s treating therapist that an individualized behavior contingency is required, it is discussed with the Individual, and if appropriate their parent in order to agree upon the type of intervention to use. The parents of the Individual must be educated and agree upon the intervention before it is implemented (this can be recorded in the Individual’s file in BestNotes). Before implementation, the Individual must agree to the specific plan via digital signature or verbal agreement in BestNotes, giving conformed consent to the intervention. At a minimum, the interventions must be reviewed monthly for antecedents to and consequences of the targeted behavior. All interventions should be created through the assessment of the Individual’s behaviors and the creation of the Individual’s behavior support plan and/or the Individual’s treatment plan so that interventions support the acquisition and reinforcement of adaptive/replacement behaviors. Interventions are to be created by the Individual’s treating therapist, and must only use interventions approved by both Missouri State Department of Social Services and The Joint Commission. All staff must be trained in individual interventions before implementing them, and the outcomes of the interventions must be recorded in incident reports or other documentation in the Page | 4 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Individual’s file. The treating therapist must review these recorded outcomes no less than once a month. Calo does not do functional behavior assessments. As a residential treatment facility and a special education school, we utilize our relational proprietary model, CASA, to assess and direct treatment for our students. Do you do functional behavior assessments? If so, please describe your approach. If not, how do you assess the function of behaviors in your populations? List types of safety monitoring used (e.g., Staff observation, video cameras. staff observation, video cameras). How does the facility assure access to We have a full nursing team of registered nurses on-site that schedule all off campus appropriate medical and dental care? appointment for medical, vision and dental appointments. Our psychiatrist meets with students on site. We also have a pediatrician and general practice physician (one or the other) on-site weekly to meet medical needs our students without having to take them off campus. Nursing staff orchestrates all ongoing care for clients. Students receive a physician following enrollment and annually. They are also seen at least annually by a dentist and optometrist. We have a full time rained staff that transports students to and from all appointments. Does the facility use timeout? If Yes, under what conditions? If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? Click here to type Click here to type □ Yes ☒ No Does the facility use seclusion? If Yes, under what conditions? If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? Click here to type Click here to type □ Yes ☒ No Page | 5 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Does the facility use restraints? ☒ Yes ☐ No If Yes, under what conditions? The only physical holding of individuals authorized at CALO are those that are trained as appropriate by the governing body and trained by their assigned qualified trainers. CALO uses Safe Crisis Management (SCM) as its only approved system for holding individuals. The use of non-physical, verbal and non-verbal deescalation techniques is always the preferred method of managing negative, aggressive, chaotic, or potentially dangerous behaviors. CALO staff may hold individuals only when absolutely necessary to prevent students from harming themselves, to prevent students from harming others, and to prevent students from creating a chaotic and potentially dangerous environment where nonphysical interventions are not being effective. This might include some instances of destruction of property. The use of holding an individual occurs as a last resort. Staff must exhaust de-escalation methods proper to initiating a physical hold unless an immediate response to an out of control behavior requires immediate action. If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? All staff at CALO trained to be involved in physical interventions is trained to be able to identify signs of physical, emotional and verbal de-escalation. The staff is trained to release the student from the physical intervention at the first moment safety is established. The expectation is that the student be physically held no longer than five minutes. If the physical hold lasts longer than five minutes, documentation regarding the need of the physical hold to continue is required. All physical holds must be discontinued prior to fifteen minutes. After the discontinuation of a hold, the staff’s shift supervisor should be notified immediately, and an incident report completed for use of the administrator. The incident report must include: • The name of the individual, the date and time the child was physically held • The circumstances that led to the placement of the individual in a physical hold and the de-escalation Page | 6 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 attempts used to try to prevent the use of the physical hold. • The name of the staff person who initiated the physical hold, the staff person(s) who assisted with the physical hold, and any other staff and/or initials of residents who witnessed the physical hold. • The amount of time the individual remained in the physical hold, any changes in staff participation, and the time of and reasons for release; • Documented behavioral observations of the individual at each five(5)-minute interval; • Specific notation of any extension of any physical hold lasting longer than five(5) minutes including the reason for extension. All physical interventions require debriefing within twenty-four(24) hours of the incident. It is preferred that all staff and youth involved are present at the time of debrief. If not all are able to be present, each member, at minimum, must be contacted and given the opportunity to attend the debriefing. Page | 7 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 The physical intervention program and debrief form details the exact questions and follow up necessary following a physical intervention. Incidents of a repetitive nature or those where any party (involved or witnessing) feels the physical intervention was not performed properly will be subject to a review by administrators. All students should be checked for injuries by qualified staff after an incident, as well as all orders authorized by the individual’s treating therapist during business hours, or the therapist on call during non business hours. Page | 8 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How are facility staff trained regarding seclusion and the use of restraint? Please describe initial staff training as well as the follow up training process. All staff upon hire must complete a 32 hour course instructing them on the use of the following:• Safe Crisis Management.• CPR/First Aid• Basic company orientation• Basic company policy and procedure• The specific population of the facility and the causes of need for treatment• The specific verbal interventions to implement with youth• The specific non-verbal interventions to implement with youth• Peer/Team dynamic• Medical needs of the facilities population• Emotional and physical needs of the facilities population• Cultural, gender, and ethnic sensitivity• Separating work life from personal lifeFollowing the initial 32 hour training, each staff member is required to attend periodic trainings over the aforementioned material by an approved trainer or supervisor each year not to total less than of 42 hours annually, with ten of those hours dealing specifically with the population cared for at CALO.CALO screens and assesses all students during the application phase of enrollment for both risk of harm to self, and harm to others. During this assessment, it is also taken into account the needs of staffing over regular ratios and the needs for the use of physical interventions. A medical and psychological history is collected on the individual to assess if there are dangers in using physical holding, either psychologically or physically due to previous or current medical conditions. These needs are reassessed during the monthly review of treatment plans by the treating therapist, and any time needed, through the use of a safety assessment administered by qualified CALO staff. Each staff member at CALO with regular and direct interactions with the student is trained to identify behaviors of concerns with regards to safety (physical, emotional, sexual, mental, and psychological). Each staff member is trained to be able to intervene physically, or be able to obtain help to intervene physically to provide the level of safety necessary.Each staff member at CALO is trained and authorized to record the events of a physical intervention in an incident report with the intent of clear and honest communication about the incident.Each staff member at CALO is trained on monitoring and identifying certain risk factors for the staff and the student during a physical intervention to ensure that both youth and the staff are safe at all times. Page | 9 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How frequently are individual and facility seclusion and restraint data reviewed, and by whom? Under what conditions and for what kind of events do you report “incidents” to Alaska Behavioral Health? Does your program use aggregate progress data for overall quality improvement? ☒ Yes ☐ No STRUCTURE AND SUPERVISION Would you characterize the level of structure and supervision provided by your program as low, moderate or high? High All staff at CALO is trained on the use and implementation of the CALO treatment model for working with the youth of the facility. The treatment model defines the correct time and ways in which a staff member may intervene.Each staff member is trained to intervene in situations that do not risk safety by the use of the following verbal and non-verbal communication and de-escalation tools:• P.A.C.E.• Attunement• Mirroring and matching• Presuppositions• Safe touch• Active listening• Actions of considerationEach staff member is trained to be able to identify a situation that risks a youth’s safety, and the proper ways of providing safety via physical intervention, or obtaining a staff member that can provide physical intervention. Individual Facility Monthly Monthly Individual Facility Sentinel events, elopement, unsafe Sentinel events behaviors leading to the need for a therapeutic hold, sexual acting out. If Yes, please describe. We have performance improvement goals in place, and review the progress monthly for the following areas: Parent Engagement, Therapeutic Treatement Goals, Length of Stay, Physical Restraints, Student Violence, Medication, Infection Control, and illness. Please explain your rating. Moderate & high depending on needs of the child. P a g e | 10 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Describe how the level or intensity of supervision may vary across youth. Is the level of supervision based on individual risk and/or therapeutic need? ☒ Yes ☐ No What are the characteristics that would promote or prevent pairing of recipients as roommates? What is the safety monitoring policy/procedure for determining the assignment of roommates? What happens when characteristics of concern come to light, and how is a roommate change made owing to these characteristics? What safety monitoring practices are applicable during the day? At night? Calo Please explain. Our normal staffing ratios are low 1:4, however, at times studenst for safety reasons will need even lower ratios say 1:2, 1:1 and we will facilatate that based on the needs of the student. Admissions staff, clinicial director and program director consult on all new enrollments and make team home & therapist assignments based on psychosocial assessment summary review which includes, historical records review, family interviews, treating therapist interview, psychological evalution review, academic record review, etc. As part of this review history of unsafe behaviors or potential acting out behvaiors are considered (history of sexual acting out, elopement, self-harming, etc.) Our clinical team with consultation from our residential program supervisor leads the charge in this regard and makes all rooming assignments. Students are assessed prior to placement to determine the best fit. Prior acting out behaviors and such are taken into consideration when making placements. If concerns arise following a rooming assignment, the clinical team will re-assess and determine if a change or transition to a different team needs to take place. Dorm room space is intentionally open to increase visual supervision in that space. Students are supervised 24/7. Cameras are also utilized within the dorm room space, obviously not in changing rooms, showers or restrooms. Awake staff in each team home at night, 15 minute bed checks, cameras in team homes, supervisor viewing cameras views throughout the night, nursing staff onsite awake at night as well. EDUCATION SERVICES P a g e | 11 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please indicate what types of educational ☒ On Site School ☐ Day Treatment ☐ Outpatient Services services the facility provides. □ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type Comments: We have fully accredited intermediate school and high school on our campus, serving grades 2nd-12th. Accredited through Advanced ed. Please describe how you communicate Calo has a fully functioning, accredited school on our campus and provide year round with school districts. How do you ensure school for all of our students. f a school district is supporting the academic funding communication with home-based for a student, we will keep in communication with the funding district for IEP schools? updates, etc. We stay in contstant communication with out families and update schools upon their request. Upon transition from our program, we work with our families and school districts to set up appropriate transition plans for a smooth transition home. Educational Accreditation Advanced EdCAS Does your program accept school credits ☒ Yes ☐ No from other schools or programs? TREATMENT PLANNING AND REVIEW P a g e | 12 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Who participates in regular treatment team meetings? Please check each regular (at least monthly) participant in treatment review/planning. How does your program involve the family in treatment, keep them informed of their child’s progress, and prepare them for step-down as part of the discharge process? How does your program identify/assess the function of challenging behaviors? ☒ Psychiatrist ☐Pediatrician ☒Nurse ☐Pharmacist ☐Other Medical (please list): Click here to type □ Physical Therapist □ Speech Therapist ☒ Occupational Therapist □ Dietitian □ Psychologist ☒ LCSW □ Behavior Analyst ☒ Other Clinician (name, credentials): Assigned Therapist & Clinical Director ☒ School Representative (name, role): Academic Director ☒ Milieu (name, role): Team Lead Families participate in weekly family therapy (on-site or telehealth, depending on their location) and weekly social calls. They receive monthly written treatment summaries and are required to visit campus. We encourage parent visits every 4-8 weeks. We also facilitate two parent/students retreats per year and in addition have 3 parent training seminars. We see behaviors as symptoms and seek to address the root cause of those behaviors. P a g e | 13 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How does your program measure progress on treatment plan goals and objectives (e.g., subjective report, phase/level progress/specific data points)? Calo is not a level, consequence or compliance based system. We address the root cause of behaviors not just the behaviors themselves. Our CASA model walks families through the phaseso treatment and what they should see/expect at each part of the treatment process. Treatment Planning: Following admission, the focus of CALO is upon developing initial and long term care plans for the treatment of each student. Based on the information gathered during the Assessment Phase an Initial Treatment Plan (ITP) is developed for the early stages of treatment. A more comprehensive Master Treatment Plan (MTP) is developed to address each client’s assessed needs after the first four weeks of treatment. This MTP incorporates data from prior assessments and history, as well as from observations and evidence of present functioning. The MTP sets forth long term goals as well as short term objectives and is reviewed and updated on a monthly basis. CALO emphasizes student and parent participation in the MTP through periodic review of the MTP in individual therapy sessions, telephonic sessions and written Monthly Summaries. Interdisciplinary information and peer feedback is required in the development and update of the MTP.Treatment Plans will meet timeline criteria.Criteria:1. Initial Treatment Plan - completed by treating therapist within 72 hours of admission.2. Master Treatment Plan - completed by treating therapist within 30 days of admission.3. Treatment Team Summaries- completed by treating therapist and treatment team every 30 days. Treatment Team Summaries include updates, progress and summaries in the follow subjects/areas:1. Diagnostic Summary/Changes 2. Goals, Objectives, Progress3. Self-Evaluation 4. Family Involvement/Visits5. Peer/Group6. Significant Events7. Milieu 8. Academic/Education 9. Recreational Therapy10. Canine11. Medication/Medical Review12. Plan for Aftercare13. Need for RTC Treatment/Length of StayB. Master Treatment Plans and Monthly Treatment Team Summaries will be reviewed by students and/or their families as appropriate.Activities: The Clinical Director will initiate a quarterly clinical record audit January, April, July and October. Clinical Director reports deficiencies and coordinates corrective actions through the Leadership Team.C. Treatment Team Summaries will meet criteria for time lines.Activities: The Clinical Director monitors treatment team summaries on a monthly basis. An annual summary is completed on time lines of reports as a part of the annual report of Quality Improvement for presentation to the Leadership Team.D. Therapy progress notes will reflect implementation of treatment plans.Criteria:1. Treatment Team Summaries will reflect implementation of therapy objectives.2. School reports will reflect progress toward educational objectives.3. Client Care Monitoring will reflect no problems in the assessment or implementation of treatment planning.Activities: The Clinical Director will initiate a quarterly clinical record audit-January, April, July and October. The Clinical Director reports deficiencies and coordinates corrective actions through the Leadership Team. P a g e | 14 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Does your facility employ a privilege/level system? □ Yes ☒ No TREATMENT Below, please list (separately) your facility’s Treatment Approaches/Evidence Based Practices/Promising Practices/treatment orientations (e.g., SPARCS, Resiliency Framework, Social Stories, Nurtured Heart, Mentalization, etc). CASA proprietary model Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Does your facility employ or contract with a behavior specialist (behavioral psychologist or BCBA) on the treatment team or staff? □ Yes ☒ No If Yes, on what basis do recipients earn privileges or improved level status? Under what circumstances, if any, is the level system modified? Research Support For each approach listed on the left, please identify the relevant staff training/credentials or cite the professional literature used to guide these approaches. Staff Training How are staff oriented to the items listed? Describe if/how administrative, clinical and milieu staff receive orientation, training and ongoing supervision. All staff are trained initially and ongoing throughout their employment at Calo in regard to our CASA model. They must complete competency evaluations in written format and are observed and corrected through ongoing staff mentoring program as needed. Initial new hire training, Initial 90 day review, annual reviews, weekly 1;1 mentoring with supervisor, competency assessments. Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Name and credential(s) of behavior specialist (if the individual does not have a BCBA, please provide a description of the person’s training in behavior analysis). Click here to type P a g e | 15 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 For each of the following professions/licenses, please answer the questions to the right. How does your facility ensure Is this professional a staff that these professionals’ member? Full or part time? treatment recommendations are implemented and consistently followed? Dietitian On-site at least monthly to Part-Time, contract employee meet with students in need as assessed by the health services team. Able to be on campus as frequently as weekly if needed. Health Services department facilitates this process and incorporates needs into Health Services treatment planning, Occupational Therapist Part of onsite treatment team. Full-time employee Speech/Language Pathologist Incorporated into academic Contract employee IEP and treatment planning. Other Medical (e.g., GI, Sleep) On-site Health Services team facilitates all outside provider care. Outside local medical providers If on contract, under what circumstances is this professional involved in treatment and planning? Click here to type Part of on-site treatment team Based on IEP directive or assessment of need by clinical team. If clinical team assesses a need Calo will work with contractor to provide an assessment and then ongoing care as needed. Contractor comes to campus to work with students. Click here to type P a g e | 16 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Dental Other On-site Health Services team facilitates all outside provider care. Click here to type Outside local dental provider Click here to type Nursing staff 24/7 onsite, employed by Calo. Contract pediatrician and/or general practioner onsite, 3-4 times per month. Click here to type PSYCHOTHERAPY MODELS Please identify the psychotherapeutic models (e.g., CBT, DBT) used at your facility, by population Model Population CASA proprietary model Pretees, teens, & young adults Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Family Therapy What are your expectations regarding family therapy? Clinical Supervision Describe how a professional provides clinical oversight to the program. How many hours/week? Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type We expect our parents to participate in: family therapy weekly, on-site or through technology, weekly planned social call with their child, visit campus at least every 4-8 weeks and participate in twice annual parent retreats onsite. We have a clinical director over each program (boy’s teen, girl’s teen, preteen & young adult). Clinical director completes file audits and 1:1 mentoring each week with each therapist in their program. We provide onsite training by bringing professionals to campus for our annual trauma conference, wellness workshops, lunch & learn events as well as specialized training certification events (TCTSY, etc.). We also send all of our therapist annually to the ATTACh conference for additional training. P a g e | 17 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Crisis Supports How does the program assure access to the appropriate care for clients in crisis situation? Skill Development Please describe how your facility helps recipients develop the following: Interpersonal skills Self-Regulation Daily Living Communication Other Please describe how your facility helps the recipient generalize these skills to their home environment. DAILY SCHEDULE Please describe the daily schedule. How are transitions (to meals, school, activities, etc.) managed? How are meals managed (e.g., preparation, clean-up)? We have clinical, residential supervisors, nursing staff and leadership level staff on call 24/7 to support the residential team in regard to assessing the needs of our students. When there is a concern regarding safety, clicnial staff assesses the student face to face. Methods/Interventions/Programs CASA proprietary model, neurofeedback, canine therapy, adventure programming CASA proprietary model, canine therapy CASA proprietary model CASA proprietary model CASA proprietary model, neurofeedback, canine therapy, adventure programming We have a full aftercare prog See attached Schedule All daily schedule transitions are managed by our residential staff (Program Director, team leads, and coaching staff) . All transitions are prepared for and/or processed depending on what type of transition. For higher level transitions (a students transitining home, etc.), therapist and/or leadership staff will facilitate transition. We have a fully outfitted kitchen, dining hall, food storage (dry, cold & frozen storage). We have a full kitchen staff that prepares all our meals and cares for the kitchen and dining hall area. Kitchen staff are on-site 7 days a week. P a g e | 18 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe the types of recreational activities available to recipients. On-Site Activities: Off-Site Activities: Full adventure/recreation programming Biking, bouldering, climbing, social included in our program to include: Cross- community outings, youth group, church. training, biking, swimming, boating, water sports, fishing, weight lifting, basketball, volleyball, high ropes course, canine walks, and fitness training. Adventure/recreation occurs: 6 times per week, 10 hours per week three weeks of the month, 17 hours a week one week per month as a full day trip is part of the 17 hour week. DISCHARGE PLANNING AND POST-TREATMENT When does discharge planning begin? At enrollment Who is responsible for discharge planning Treatment Team, led by treating/assigned therapist. at your facility? What percentage of your recipients Therapeutic Foster Care: 0% return to: Foster Care: 0% Family: 100% Group Home: 0% Corrections: 0% Independent Living: 0% P a g e | 19 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Do you do any follow up to learn what happens with your recipients after they discharge from your facility? ☒ Yes ☐ No If Yes, please describe your findings. We are part of a national research study through the NATSAP organization. We also follow-up with parent and student throughout their stay through internal surveys, at the time of discharge through an exit interview of parents and student (separate interviews), and ongoing post treatment surveys. For those that completed treatment most recent success rate is 80.14%. Please use the space below for further comments regarding your facility. Calo is a specialized set of programs. We have four separate residential programs on our Lake Ozark, Missouri campus to include: male preteen program, female preteen program (calopreteens.com), male teen program & female teen program (caloteens.com). We also have a young adult program (caloyoungadult.com) located in Winchester, Virginia. At all our programs, we work with a very particular student focusing specifically on early childhood stress/trauma and the emotions and behavior it produces. We heal trauma. We heal trauma in specific and specialized ways. At Calo, relationships are the primary change agent. All treatment is connected to and motivated by relationships. Relationships with family, Calo staff, Calo canines, and Calo peers are what drive change. Since family relationships are primary, we do not accept students into our program—we accept families into our program. We want and encourage our families to be highly active in the Calo program and the change process. Parents are an integral part of the treatment team and we require their intimate involvement. Section B AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDERS QUESTIONNAIRE P a g e | 20 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please provide additional information regarding the ASD over 80 IQ, prefer over 85 IQ. Significant aggression with characteristics of the recipients with ASD for whom you can 80-85 IQ may be a rule-out, each case revieiwed individually. provide specialized treatment (e.g., ASD with IQ under 70, ASD with IQ over 70, Asperger’s disorder, etc.). Please be specific, especially regarding developmental age and/or IQ requirements. Please check each box that corresponds with aspects of treatment at your facility that are listed below. These elements, other than CBT as discussed below, are described in “Practice Parameter for the Assessment of Children and Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder”, Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Feb 2014. Do you have screening If Yes, please list the tools(s) by name and/or send copies. mechanisms for ASD that If we feel a child has undiagnosed ASD, we wil refer out for a full psychological evaluation. includes questions about ASD and symptomatology? □ Yes ☒ No What diagnostic Below tools are used to assess for a potential admission, if a child is in our care we would also evaluation/assessment include observation as a tool. process do you use? Please check all ☒ Family interviews that are included: ☒ Review of past records ☒Consideration of DSM-V criteria ☒History, including educational and behavioral interventions ☒ Differential diagnosis □ Observation □ Specific Tools (please identify): Click here to type For each of the following elements, please use the drop down menu to indicate whether it is included in your multidisciplinary assessment of children with ASD. If you indicate “as needed,” please describe what would prompt an assessment. Physical Exam Yes All students receive a physical exam post placement and at least annually. Click here to type Screening for As Needed Gastrointestinal Problems P a g e | 21 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Hearing Screen Examination for Signs of Tuberous Sclerosis Genetic Testing Consideration of Unusual Features As Needed Yes Click here to type As Needed Yes Psychiatric Services Director assess need. All students assessed following enrollment Click here to type P a g e | 22 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Psychological Assessment Yes (cognitive and adaptive) Psycho-Educational Testing- CALO requests a copy of a full battery of psychological testing or current psychiatric evaluation is provided before any Individual may enroll at CALO. If a current evaluation is not available, a psychiatric evaluation will be completed within 7 days of an Individual’s enrollment at CALO. In addition, CALO's Psychiatric Services Director(s) will complete an updated psychiatric evaluation within 7 days of admission for all Individuals . The psychological evaluation battery at a minimum should consist of the following: A Diagnostic Interview, Intelligence Testing, Personality Testing, and Achievement Testing. Histories and dispositions towards substance abuse, violence, running away, sexually acting out, homicidal/suicidal thoughts, and histories of confirmed diagnosis are also preferred. All testing is conducted by a licensed clinical psychologist, or by a doctoral level clinician who has the results verified by a licensed clinical psychologist. The evaluation(s) are a key factor in helping to determine an Individuals’ appropriateness for the CALO program. If an Individual does not have a current battery of testing a current psychiatric evaluation (within 1 calendar year) and records from continuous therapeutic placement may substitute for a full psychological testing evaluation, although each case will be reviewed individually. A Licensed Psychiatrist must sign the Psychiatric Evaluation. Psychiatric ServicesAll treatment oversight, complete treatment oversight, is completed by the Psychiatric Services Director(s) (PSD). CALO obtains a release from the parent(s)/guardian(s) of all Individuals for our psychiatrist(s) for the purpose of treatment oversight, medication management, updates and consultations. When Individuals on psychotropic medications enroll, these Individuals have their psychiatric care transitioned to CALO’s PSD or another CALO P a g e | 23 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 contracted psychiatrist for all medication management and treatment purposes. CALO’s PSD works directly with CALO’s Clinical Director and therapists to provide comprehensive oversight of all psychological treatment. All Individuals will participate in an initial psychiatric evaluation following admission and mediation management appointments. With a frequency that is appropriate for each Individual as determined by the PSD. Communication As Needed Assessment Occupational Therapy Yes Assessment Click here to type Full-time calo OT staff facilitates assessments with all preteens then creates a OT/sensory diet, teens are assessed as determined by need of treatment team. Click here to type Physical Therapy As Needed Assessment Click here to type Sleep Assessment As Needed Please indicate which evidence-based and structured educational and behavioral interventions are in use at your facility by checking the box in the left hand column as well as answering the additional questions in the right hand column, as applicable. Is ABA used in school? □ Yes ☒ No □ Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Is ABA used in □ Yes ☒ No residential? Is ABA in treatment □ Yes ☒ No plan? What credentials does Click here to type your ABA specialist have? Click here to type Is this person on the treatment team? P a g e | 24 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 □ Alternative Communication Modalities Click here to type Is this person a contractor or staff member? Please identify (e.g., Picture Exchange Communication System, sign language, assistive technologies, visual schedules, etc.) □ Pragmatic Language skills training □ Social Skills training Please describe and/or identify the program or supporting literature. □ Education If structured educational models are used, please identify. □ Other Please describe. Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Please answer the following questions. Are there medications that you If yes, please identify. typically use with this population? Click here to type □ Yes ☒ No Please describe your facility’s Psychiatric Services- All treatment oversight, complete treatment oversight, is completed by approach to the use of the Psychiatric Services Director(s) (PSD). CALO obtains a release from the medication with children and parent(s)/guardian(s) of all Individuals for our psychiatrist(s) for the purpose of treatment youth with ASD. oversight, medication management, updates and consultations. When Individuals on psychotropic medications enroll, these Individuals have their psychiatric care transitioned to CALO’s PSD or another CALO contracted psychiatrist for all medication management and treatment purposes. CALO’s PSD works directly with CALO’s Clinical Director and therapists to provide comprehensive oversight of all psychological treatment. All Individuals will participate in an initial psychiatric evaluation following admission and mediation management appointments. With a frequency that is appropriate for each Individual as determined by the PSD. P a g e | 25 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Do you inquire about the use of complementary/alternative treatments? □ Yes ☒ No What staff person/people are familiar with the literature regarding best/evidence-based practices for this population? Under what circumstances, and/or what are the characteristics of recipients with ASD with whom your facility uses Cognitive Behavioral Therapy? Who are the regular treatment team members for the children with ASD in your care? Please explain. Click here to type Please identify by name, role and credentials. Clinical team (Clincial Director, Therapists), all masters level clinicians or above. We are not a CBT program. Please identify by name, role and credentials. Same treatment team as noted above. For facilities that provide treatment for individuals with Asperger’s Disorder or individuals with ASD who do not experience Intellectual Disabilities, please answer the following question: Please describe your approach to Calo proprietary model treatment and any interventions that are employed specifically for this population. Please also provide information about the research that supports this approach with this population. P a g e | 26 Calo (Change Academy at Lake of the Ozarks) Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please use the space below for additional comments. Click here to type P a g e | 27 Center for Change Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 This form was first introduced in 2013, and has been modified in this (2016) version. All Psychiatric Residential Treatment Facilities (PRTF) that contract with Alaska Medicaid are required to complete this Section A. Facilities that indicate Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) as a specialty are also required to complete Section B. The form will be posted on a website in order to be available to families, providers and guardians who are considering placement in a PRTF for a child. If you facility has more than one Alaska Medicaid provider number, please complete one form for each. Use the tab key to move to each new section. Please complete this form and return via email to: akbehavioralhealth@qualishealth.org Section A FACILITY INFORMATION Name and title of person completing this form Date completed Contact number Site/Cottage/Facility Name Address Tamara Noyes, Director of Business Development February 17, 2016 (888)224-8250, ext 267 Center for Change 1790 N. State Street, Orem, UT 84057 GENERAL OVERVIEW Accreditation Body The Joint Commissions, TRICARE certified for RTC Indicate which gender(s) you serve and the applicable age range and number of licensed beds below Age Range # of Licensed Beds Click here to type Click here to type ☐Males 13+ 58 ☒Females Click here to type Click here to type ☐Other Describe your client:staff ratio and how it is calculated for the following: Nursing Milieu Comments Click here to type Day 1:16 1:4 Inpatient 1:6 RTC Click here to type Evening 1:16 1:4 Inpatient 1:6 RTC HOME PRINT Page |1 Center for Change Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Click here to type Night 1:16 1:4 Inpatient 1:6 RTC Does your facility have requirements regarding IQ? If yes, please explain. Minimum of 75 IQ ☒ Yes ☐ No What is the average length of stay for For AK Medicaid Recipients? Other State’s Medicaid Tricare/Other Insured? the facility overall? 74 days for Inpatient and RTC Recipients? 74 days for Inpatient and 74 days for Inpatient and RTC combined combined 74 days for Inpatient and RTC combined RTC combined Are you anticipating change to your program? If yes, please describe. Click here to type ☐ Yes ☒ No Is the facility locked or unlocked? ☐ Locked ☒ Unlocked Is the facility secure? ☒ Yes ☐ No Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and Center for Change is an eating disorder program, so patients treating children and youth with FASD. What kind of training do must have a primary eating disorder diagnosis to be an your staff receive (include milieu as well as clinical staff). appropriate fit. If FASD is co-occurring the admissions assessment would help to determine appropriateness for treatment at CFC (cognitive functioning, ability to participate in treatment, etc.). While we are a specialty eating disorder program, we assess for all mental illness, including developmental concerns to include FASD. Our initial clinical assessment and our psychological evaluations screen for FASD and when present, treating this condition is part of a patient’s active and ongoing treatment plan. Clinical staff are masters level or PhD level, and all staff participate in monthly in-service training to address patient diagnoses and behaviors. Our staff are trained in assessment and treatment of FASD. Page |2 Center for Change Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and treating children and youth with extensive trauma histories. What kind of training do your staff receive (include milieu as well as clinical). Identify your trauma treatment approach and describe the approach regarding staff training and Evidence Based Practices. Trauma can often be a contributing factor in the development of an eating disorder, so the assessment and treatment of trauma at Center for Change is of high priority. Patients are assessed for trauma as part of the admissions process, and these issues are addressed as part o the initial and ongoing treatment plan. Because this is so often a part of eating disorder treatment, clinical staff are well trained on assessing for and treating trauma. Our staff are kind and sensitive in this delicate process. All clinical, dietary, and milieu staff have ongoing training through in-service meetings to stay current on the latest in evidence based interventions, de-escalation and soothing techniques, assessment tools and resources, etc. Please describe your facility’s approach to secondary trauma in We have policies and procedures for debriefing when our staff staff (for example, stress resulting from helping or wanting to have been involved in a traumatic or difficult situation with a help a traumatized or suffering person). patient, so that an individual or small group of direct care staff are given the support that they need. Additionally, our staff have both instruction about and access to therapists, supervisors, and clinical directors available to help them in time of crisis, secondary traumatic symptoms, trauma exposure or other emotional struggles. Throughout our ongoing staff trainings for both clinical and direct care staff, we provide training on self care - how to take good care of yourself as a staff member working with patients with demanding symptoms and tramatic backgrounds. Specialty Populations Please check all specialty populations this What training does staff receive for this population? facility serves. Click here to type ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders (High Functioning and Asperger’s) NOTE: Facilities with this specialty must complete Section B Page |3 Center for Change Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Excluded Populations ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders (severe/low functioning) NOTE: Facilities with this specialty must complete Section B Sexualized behaviors: ☐ Sexually reactive (e.g. response to trauma) ☐ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. resulting from cognitive or neuro-behavioral issues) ☐ Sexually offending: ☐ adjudicated/ ☐ nonadjudicated Click here to type ☒ Eating Disorder Ongoing internal and external training for eating disorders and co-occurring conditions. Click here to type Click here to type ☐ Other Click here to type Click here to type ☐ Other Click here to type Please check all populations excluded from this facility. ☐ Sexually reactive (e.g. response ☒ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. to trauma) resulting from cognitive or neurobehavioral issues) ☐ Eating Disorder ☒ Autism Spectrum Disorders (severe/low functioning) ☐ Suicidal ideation/attempts ☐ Other: Click here to type Comments: Click here to type ☐ Psychosis ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders (high functioning/Asperger’s) ☐ Elopement Risk ☐ Other: Click here to type Sexually offending: ☒ adjudicated/ ☒ nonadjudicated ☒ Physical Aggression ☐ Self-injurious behaviors ☒ Fire setting ☐ Other: Click here to type Page |4 Center for Change Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 What type of behavior management program do you use? Please name the program and describe the training. Do you do functional behavior assessments? If so, please describe your approach. If not, how do you assess the function of behaviors in your populations? List types of safety monitoring used (e.g., staff observation, video cameras). How does the facility assure access to appropriate medical and dental care? Does the facility use timeout? ☒ Yes ☐ No Does the facility use seclusion? ☐ Yes ☒ No Handle With Care. All staff who work directly with patients are trained/retrained annually. Yes. We understand that behavior including self-defeating behavior, is functional and adaptive. We begin to assess the function of behaivor at the time of admittion as part of our admission assessment -- not only the behvairo that need to be changed for the patients benefits, but also the adaptive functio of behaviors. The ongoing treatment planning process and continual therapeutic care is focused on helping patients understand the function and reasons for behavior and to help them find new behaviors and solutionas and ways of managing their difficulties in ways that are more healthy and self-respectful. Staff observation, video cameras, ongoing Q15 patient rounding at all levels of care Center for Change is a Joint Commission Accredited specialty hospital with 24 hour nursing. Medical issues that cannot be addressed at CFC, or dental issues, are referred out locally with support (transporation, etc.) from CFC. Our facility is within 7 miles of four medical/surgical hospitals with emergency departments and various specialty medical care units. If Yes, under what conditions? If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? Patient request or staff suggestion to move Time limited. If a secondary time out is to a quiet area to regain emotional and/or requested, a therapist is requested to be behavioral control. This is always involved to help assist the patient to voluntary. regain stability. If Yes, under what conditions? If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? Click here to type Click here to type Page |5 Center for Change Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Does the facility use restraints? ☒ Yes ☐ No How are facility staff trained regarding seclusion and the use of restraint? Please describe initial staff training as well as the follow up training process. How frequently are individual and facility seclusion and restraint data reviewed, and by whom? Under what conditions and for what kind of events do you report “incidents” to Alaska Behavioral Health? If Yes, under what conditions? Physical restraints. No mechanical restraints. Physical restraints are used in emergency situations only and requires an order from a physician/LIP. If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? Follow up includes nurse consultation with physician and in-person evaluation by the physician. For patients under 18, notification of the parent, guardian, family member, or conservator is required. All Center for Change staff who work directly with patients are trained in Handle With Care. Direct care staff, including nurses, are trained/retrained on the Restraint Policy and protocals annually. Handle With Care is a non-violent crisis intervetion that includes orthepedically-sound brief physical hold techniques. The emphasis is on deescalation to reduce the need for any physical hold. Again, we do not use seclution at Center for Change. Individual Facility Risk Manager, per event The Professional Executive Staff and Patient Safety Committee monthly, and the Governing Board quarterly. Individual Facility Center for Change adheres to the Alaska Center for Change adheres to the Alaska Behavioral Health guidelines for reporting Behavioral Heatlh guidelines for reporting in all areas including medical, AWOL, in all areas including medical, AWOL, sexual acting out, and physical aggression. sexual acting out, and physical aggression. Page |6 Center for Change Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Does your program use aggregate progress If Yes, please describe. data for overall quality improvement? We collect all incident report data, which would include restraint time, de-escalation techniques, injury, falls, AWOL, medication errors, sexually acting out, physical ☒ Yes ☐ No aggression, etc. We also collect and analyze data from patient satisfaction and family satisfaction surveys, patient safety survey, pre and post psychological testing, longterm data and surveys including 3/6/9 months after discharge and annually thereafter on clinical outcome. All of this data is used within the Performance Improvement Committee and beyond to improve the treatment program at CFC. STRUCTURE AND SUPERVISION Would you characterize the level of structure and supervision provided by your program as low, moderate or high? High Describe how the level or intensity of supervision may vary across youth. Please explain your rating. We are a specialty program for eating disorders and related addictive disorders, that includes supervised bathroom use, highly structured programmatic day, monitored and supervised mealtimes, monitored Q15 checks on all patients from admission to discharge. The structure of the program decreases as patients progress from the inpatient to the residential level of care. Treatment is individualized and structure is increased or decreased as needed based on program advancement. The goal is to help the patient gain more responsibility as they approach discharge, in preparation for aftercare. Please explain. Treatment is individualized. Is the level of supervision based on individual risk and/or therapeutic need? ☒ Yes ☐ No What are the characteristics that would Sexual acting out or physical aggression history, age promote or prevent pairing of recipients as roommates? What is the safety monitoring Age, therapeutic and safety assessment policy/procedure for determining the assignment of roommates? Page |7 Center for Change Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 What happens when characteristics of concern come to light, and how is a roommate change made owing to these characteristics? What safety monitoring practices are applicable during the day? At night? Room assignment and roommate changes are all reviewed, discussed and approved through the treatment team process, with final approval from our Director of Clinical Services. Q15 observation checks 24 hours/day, 7 days/week. Camera surveillance in general patient care areas. EDUCATION SERVICES Please indicate what types of educational ☒ On Site School ☐ Day Treatment ☐ Outpatient Services services the facility provides. ☐ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type Comments: On site, Utah State Licensed Private High School, Cascade Mountain High School. Serivces grades 07 -12. We are Northwest Accredited, have on site credentialed teachers, and a full service education program with faculty, adminstrator, and education director. Our credit consequently, is accepted by every school to which our patients return. We are fully licnesed as a private high school in the state of Utah, and have graduated students from high school, with diploma, from our school. Our students have live, face to face instruction with a certified teacher, credentialed in the subject that they are teaching. Please describe how you communicate We readily and routinely work with the school districts and/or schools from which our with school districts. How do you ensure students come. We are able to accommodate some work from the school of origin, communication with home-based schools? however, when schools find out about our program, they almost always opt to have the student do schooling within our coursework, and then accept credits earned here into their system. Educational Accreditation AdvancED (NWAC) Does your program accept school credits ☒ Yes ☐ No from other schools or programs? TREATMENT PLANNING AND REVIEW Page |8 Center for Change Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Who participates in regular treatment team meetings? Please check each regular (at least monthly) participant in treatment review/planning. How does your program involve the family in treatment, keep them informed of their child’s progress, and prepare them for step-down as part of the discharge process? ☒ Psychiatrist ☐Pediatrician ☒Nurse ☐Pharmacist ☒Other Medical (please list): APRN ☐ Physical Therapist ☐ Speech Therapist ☐ Occupational Therapist ☒ Dietitian ☒ Psychologist ☒ LCSW ☐ Behavior Analyst ☒ Other Clinician (name, credentials): LMFT’s, education director, physician, nurse practitioner, utilization management specialist, clinical directors, CEO, recreation therapists ☒ School Representative (name, role): Elayne McArthur, Academic Director ☒ Milieu (name, role): Kathy Spencer, Direct Care Manager We require weekly family therapy for all adolescent patients with their primary therapist or another family therapist. Where possible, those family sessions are live face-to-face, or on a HIPAA compliant video conferencing system. When face-to-face is not possible, we do full-length telephone therapy sessions. We also do family contact and consultation as needed beyond therapy sessions. Monthly 5 day intensive family therapy event where parents and other family members come for education, primary family therapy, mulitifamily therapy groups, recreational therapueutic experiences, training on dietrary issues and concerns, and discharge and aftercare preparation. Page |9 Center for Change Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How does your program identify/assess the function of challenging behaviors? How does your program measure progress on treatment plan goals and objectives (e.g., subjective report, phase/level progress/specific data points)? We assess the function by a thorough review of clinical treatment, family history and individual patient behavioral history. We review psychological evaluation and clinical formulations. We review and assess behaviors in the moment on the units, in activities, and in all aspects of treatment. We look for patterns and trends and functions and adaptations that are related to a patients behavior. We give them good intent for their behavior realizing they are trying to get their needs met. We help them understand the function of their behavior and and we help them find new and better ways of dealing with life and getting their needs met. We listen to our patients. We use pretesting or initial admitting assessments as a baseline to look at progress made and ongoing struggles so that we can update and attend to an everchanging and current treatment plan. We also use subjective information and staff report from our multidisciplinary team through the vehicles of verbal and written shift report, verbal and written reports for Treatment Team meetings, phase advancement meetings with patients and their own community of peers, phase advancement meetings with the Treatment Team individually with the patient, and written and verbal reports from our staff and family members on interactions in family therapy and other family visits/phone calls. Reports from academic progress and social and academic behavior in school in areas of learning and social interaction are gathered and discussed in Treatment Team meeting. P a g e | 10 Center for Change Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Does your facility employ a privilege/level system? ☒ Yes ☐ No TREATMENT Below, please list (separately) your facility’s Treatment Approaches/Evidence Based Practices/Promising Practices/treatment orientations (e.g., SPARCS, Resiliency Framework, Social Stories, Nurtured Heart, Mentalization, etc). Trans-theoretical Model of Change If Yes, on what basis do recipients earn privileges or improved level status? Basic adherence to program rules and guidelines, effort made towards overcoming difficulties and behavioral problems, willingness to collaborate with direct care and clinical staff in making progress towards their treatment goals, willingness to treat peers and staff with respect, and a willingness and shown ability to be part of a community which provides a safe and respectful environment for all to do their therapeutic work. Under what circumstances, if any, is the level system modified? The level system can be modified, if needed, to address the specific needs of a particular patient. Research Support For each approach listed on the left, please identify the relevant staff training/credentials or cite the professional literature used to guide these approaches. Staff Training How are staff oriented to the items listed? Describe if/how administrative, clinical and milieu staff receive orientation, training and ongoing supervision. “Changing for Good (Prochaska, Norcross, et al) Staff are oriented to this model in New Employee Orientation, as this is the underlying model for our level system. P a g e | 11 Center for Change Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Family Based Treatment (Maudsley Method – FBT) Click here to type Click here to type Professional peer-reviewed journal articles Clincal staff are trained in this model in (Chris Fairburn, et al) their graduate mental health provider training, and Center for Change continues to support this model with ongoing training including in-house clinical trainings and supervision. Multiple books and peer-reviewed articles Members of clinical staff have been by James Locke and LaGrange trained in this method through outside certified programs, and have gone on to train within our facility additional clinical staff. Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Does your facility employ or contract with Name and credential(s) of behavior specialist (if the individual does not have a BCBA, a behavior specialist (behavioral please provide a description of the person’s training in behavior analysis). Click here to type psychologist or BCBA) on the treatment team or staff? ☐ Yes ☒ No For each of the following professions/licenses, please answer the questions to the right. How does your facility ensure Is this professional a staff If on contract, under what that these professionals’ member? Full or part time? circumstances is this treatment recommendations professional involved in are implemented and treatment and planning? consistently followed? Click here to type Dietitian Because we are an eating Full and part time disorder treatment program, dietitans are on staff and participate fully as a treatment team member. P a g e | 12 Center for Change Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Occupational Therapist Speech/Language Pathologist Other Medical (e.g., GI, Sleep) Dental Other Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type PSYCHOTHERAPY MODELS Please identify the psychotherapeutic models (e.g., CBT, DBT) used at your facility, by population Model Population Trans-theoretical Model of Change Adolescent and adult patients CBT, DBT, ACT Adolescent and adult patients FBT Adolescent patients with Anorexia & their families Click here to type Click here to type Family Therapy What are your expectations regarding family therapy? Clinical Supervision Describe how a professional provides clinical oversight to the program. How many hours/week? Crisis Supports How does the program assure access to the appropriate care for clients in crisis situation? Click here to type Click here to type We expect families to participate regularly and consistently in weekly family therapy sessions. We strongly urge participation in at least one of our 5-day monthly intensive family therapy events. We have two fulltime RN's (DON and Assistant DON) who provide supervision for our 24-hour/day nurses. We have six supervisors over our direct care staff who provide supervision, training and oversite to our Care Tech's, who are also supervised by the RN on every shift. We have six PhD or master's level clinical supervisors who oversee the clinical work of our primary, individual, and family therapists who are all master's level or PhD prepared. We have one primary therapist and a clinical director and a physician/nurse practitioner and the CEO and our DON who are all on call 24 hours/day, 7 days/week to deal with any crisis situations. P a g e | 13 Center for Change Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Skill Development Please describe how your facility helps recipients develop the Methods/Interventions/Programs following: Interpersonal skills We have skills classes, relapse prevention classes, and relationship classes/groups at the Center. Self-Regulation We have DBT groups and assignemtns which help our patients learn coping skills in dealing with intense affect. Daily Living Skills of daily living are covered in our skills groups. With the population we treat, 95% of our patients are able to accomplish basic ADL’s on their own. Communication Communication skills are taught in the skills groups/classes Other Click here to type Please describe how your facility helps the The general use of skills in the community, or peer milieu is one way in which they recipient generalize these skills to their implement and integrate skills into their life. They also utilize their skills in our in-house home environment. High School, Cascade Mountain High, in their classes and activities. When they have a chance for passes with parents or family, they also have a chance to practice and integrate skills into a regular life setting. DAILY SCHEDULE Please describe the daily schedule. How are transitions (to meals, school, activities, etc.) managed? How are meals managed (e.g., preparation, clean-up)? For adolescents, three meals per day, three snacks per day, three therapy groups or classes per day, some free time per day, and school for 3.5 hours per day as well. Transitions occur in the same facility, from unit to unit, and from school to treatment living area. Patients are escorted by direct care staff to each activity which is next on the treatment and daily schedule All meals and snacks are prepared by our cooks in our in house kitchen. Food is served in our dining room, which accommodates well our patients. Meals are under supervision of direct care staff, and sometimes by dietitians, who can help those patients who struggle with "food issues" P a g e | 14 Center for Change Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe the types of recreational activities available to recipients. On-Site Activities: art, music, dance, exercise, yoga, outdoor play, low ropes course, initiative games, leisure activities Off-Site Activities: high ropes course, hiking, canoeing, biking, walking, attending concerts or other arts or cultural events DISCHARGE PLANNING AND POST-TREATMENT When does discharge planning begin? At admission Who is responsible for discharge planning We have one staff who is assigned as our discharge planner. She works in concert with at your facility? the primary therapist to assure that the discharge plan and aftercare dispositon is well planned, is carried out, and that appointments are made with aftercare providers prior to discharge from the program. What percentage of your recipients return Therapeutic Foster Care: 5% to: Foster Care: 5% Family: 75% Group Home: 5% Corrections: Click here to type Independent Living: Click here to type P a g e | 15 Center for Change Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Do you do any follow up to learn what happens with your recipients after they discharge from your facility? ☒ Yes ☐ No If Yes, please describe your findings. We do 4 follow up support phone calls after discharge to lend support to patients and families and encourage them as they get in the saddle with their aftercare provider team. Then we do long term outcome surveys at 3,6,9 months and at 1,2,3,4,5 years out, so that we know truly how our discharged patients are doing in the long term. Our clinical outcome research shows that 1 year following discharge from our program, 50% of our patients describe themselves as "recovered." Another 40% of our patients describe themselves as "partially recovered" or "doing much better", and 10% report that they are not doing well. These statistics are better than the average outcome from those whose data is worthy to publish in peer reviewed professional journals. 90% positive outcome is good stats on clinical and recovery outcome, not only at discharge, but after the long haul. Please use the space below for further comments regarding your facility. At Center for Change we have programs for adults, and programs for adolescents. We specialize in treating serious eating disorders, and all of those related illnesses that are commonly co-occuring with eating disorder illness such as: depression, anxiety, trauma, abuse, PTSD, self harm, suicidal ideation,substance abuse, learning struggles, developmental struggles, social problems, relationship problems, family difficulties, and other related medical and mental illness. We are licensed as a specialty psychiatric hospital in the state of Utah, and can admit and treat medically and emotionally compromised patients. We offer all levels of care: inpatient, Residential (RTC), PHP ( Day), IOP (intensive outpatient) and traditional outpatient services. We have great medical care, and clinical and theapeutic care which is intensive, and high end in terms of quality. P a g e | 16 Center for Change Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Section B AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDERS QUESTIONNAIRE Click here to type Please provide additional information regarding the characteristics of the recipients with ASD for whom you can provide specialized treatment (e.g., ASD with IQ under 70, ASD with IQ over 70, Asperger’s disorder, etc.). Please be specific, especially regarding developmental age and/or IQ requirements. Please check each box that corresponds with aspects of treatment at your facility that are listed below. These elements, other than CBT as discussed below, are described in “Practice Parameter for the Assessment of Children and Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder”, Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Feb 2014. Do you have screening If Yes, please list the tools(s) by name and/or send copies. Click here to type mechanisms for ASD that includes questions about ASD and symptomatology? ☐ Yes ☐ No Click here to type What diagnostic evaluation/assessment process do you use? Please check all ☐ Family interviews that are included: ☐ Review of past records ☐Consideration of DSM-V criteria ☐History, including educational and behavioral interventions ☐ Differential diagnosis ☐ Observation ☐ Specific Tools (please identify): Click here to type For each of the following elements, please use the drop down menu to indicate whether it is included in your multidisciplinary assessment of children with ASD. If you indicate “as needed,” please describe what would prompt an assessment. P a g e | 17 Center for Change Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Click here to type Physical Exam Choose an answer Click here to type Screening for Choose an answer Gastrointestinal Problems Click here to type Hearing Screen Choose an answer Choose an answer Click here to type Examination for Signs of Tuberous Sclerosis Click here to type Genetic Testing Choose an answer Click here to type Consideration of Choose an answer Unusual Features Click here to type Psychological Assessment Choose an answer (cognitive and adaptive) Click here to type Communication Choose an answer Assessment Click here to type Occupational Therapy Choose an answer Assessment Click here to type Physical Therapy Choose an answer Assessment Click here to type Sleep Assessment Choose an answer Please indicate which evidence-based and structured educational and behavioral interventions are in use at your facility by checking the box in the left hand column as well as answering the additional questions in the right hand column, as applicable. Is ABA used in school? ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Is ABA used in ☐ Yes ☐ No residential? Is ABA in treatment ☐ Yes ☐ No plan? What credentials does Click here to type your ABA specialist have? P a g e | 18 Center for Change Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 ☐ Alternative Communication Modalities Click here to type Is this person on the treatment team? Click here to type Is this person a contractor or staff member? Please identify (e.g., Picture Exchange Communication System, sign language, assistive technologies, visual schedules, etc.) ☐ Pragmatic Language skills training ☐ Social Skills training Please describe and/or identify the program or supporting literature. ☐ Education If structured educational models are used, please identify. ☐ Other Please describe. Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Please answer the following questions. Are there medications that you If yes, please identify. typically use with this population? Click here to type ☐ Yes ☐ No Click here to type Please describe your facility’s approach to the use of medication with children and youth with ASD. Do you inquire about the use of Please explain. Click here to type complementary/alternative treatments? ☐ Yes ☐ No P a g e | 19 Center for Change Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 What staff person/people are familiar with the literature regarding best/evidence-based practices for this population? Under what circumstances, and/or what are the characteristics of recipients with ASD with whom your facility uses Cognitive Behavioral Therapy? Who are the regular treatment team members for the children with ASD in your care? Please identify by name, role and credentials. Click here to type Click here to type Please identify by name, role and credentials. Click here to type For facilities that provide treatment for individuals with Asperger’s Disorder or individuals with ASD who do not experience Intellectual Disabilities, please answer the following question: Click here to type Please describe your approach to treatment and any interventions that are employed specifically for this population. Please also provide information about the research that supports this approach with this population. Please use the space below for additional comments. Click here to type P a g e | 20 Center for Change Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 P a g e | 21 Desert Hills Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 This form was first introduced in 2013, and has been modified in this (2016) version. All Psychiatric Residential Treatment Facilities (PRTF) that contract with Alaska Medicaid are required to complete this Section A. Facilities that indicate Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) as a specialty are also required to complete Section B. The form will be posted on a website in order to be available to families, providers and guardians who are considering placement in a PRTF for a child. If you facility has more than one Alaska Medicaid provider number, please complete one form for each. Use the tab key to move to each new section. Please complete this form and return via email to: akbehavioralhealth@qualishealth.org Section A FACILITY INFORMATION Name and title of person completing this form Date completed Contact number Site/Cottage/Facility Name Address Michael Girlamo, Chief Operations Officer February 17, 2016 505-480-6419 Desert Hills 5200-C Sequoia Ave NW, Albuquerque, NM 87120 GENERAL OVERVIEW Accreditation Body The Joint Commission Indicate which gender(s) you serve and the applicable age range and number of licensed beds below Age Range # of Licensed Beds 5-18 64 ☒Males 5-18 56 ☐Females Click here to type Click here to type ☐Other Describe your client:staff ratio and how it is calculated for the following: Nursing Milieu Comments Day 1:30 1:2, 1:4, 1:5. Milieu staff ratios are dictated by unit population and per state licensing standards. HOME PRINT Page |1 Desert Hills Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Evening 1:30 1:2, 1:4, 1:5. Milieu staff ratios are dictated by unit population and per state licensing standards. Night 1:60 1:5, 1:10 Milieu staff ratios are dictated by unit population and per state licensing standards. Does your facility have requirements regarding IQ? If yes, please explain. For the unit that addresses mild developmental delays, clients are required ☒ Yes ☐ No to have an IQ between the ranges of 35 – 70. For all other units that do not address mild development delays, clients are required to have an IQ greater than 70. What is the average length of stay for For AK Medicaid Recipients? Other State’s Medicaid Tricare/Other Insured? the facility overall? 3 months – 18 months, Recipients? Tricare: 4 months 3 months – 18 months, depending on depending on population 3 months – 18 months, population and client / family needs. and client / family needs. depending on population and client / family needs. Are you anticipating change to your program? If yes, please describe. Click here to type ☐ Yes ☒ No Is the facility locked or unlocked? ☒ Locked ☐ Unlocked Is the facility secure? ☒ Yes ☐ No Click here to type Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and treating children and youth with FASD. What kind of training do your staff receive (include milieu as well as clinical staff). Page |2 Desert Hills Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and treating children and youth with extensive trauma histories. What kind of training do your staff receive (include milieu as well as clinical). Identify your trauma treatment approach and describe the approach regarding staff training and Evidence Based Practices. Treating children and youth who have been exposed to trauma is a large focus of the Desert Hills. The facility utilizes Dialectical Behavioral Therapy (DBT), Nurtured Hearth Approach (NHA), Building Bridges Initiative (BBI), and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) as therapeutic approaches to address clients and youth with extensive trauma histories. Additionally, in the milieu, the staff have been trained in NHA, as well as being trained in 2016 in DBT. Lastly, the facility utilizes sensory items in the milieu in order to address dysregulated clients. Please describe your facility’s approach to secondary trauma in The facility offers time away for staff and clinicians who suffer staff (for example, stress resulting from helping or wanting to from secondary trauma, as well as a staff lounge that has trauma help a traumatized or suffering person). informed items (ie, sensory items) to help regulate. The facility also offers Employee Assistance Program (EAP) for staff who may benefit from therapy. Specialty Populations Please check all specialty populations this What training does staff receive for this population? facility serves. Click here to type ☒ Autism Spectrum Disorders (High Functioning and Asperger’s) NOTE: Facilities with this specialty must complete Section B Click here to type ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders (severe/low functioning) NOTE: Facilities with this specialty must complete Section B Page |3 Desert Hills Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Sexualized behaviors: ☒ Sexually reactive (e.g. response to trauma) ☒ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. resulting from cognitive or neuro-behavioral issues) ☒ Sexually offending: ☒ adjudicated/ ☒ nonadjudicated Excluded Populations Click here to type Click here to type ☐ Eating Disorder Click here to type ☐ Other Click here to type Click here to type ☐ Other Click here to type Please check all populations excluded from this facility. ☐ Sexually reactive (e.g. response ☐ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. to trauma) resulting from cognitive or neurobehavioral issues) Sexually offending: ☐ adjudicated/ ☐ nonadjudicated ☐ Eating Disorder ☐ Psychosis ☐ Physical Aggression ☒ Autism Spectrum Disorders ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders ☐ Self-injurious behaviors (severe/low functioning) (high functioning/Asperger’s) ☐ Suicidal ideation/attempts ☐ Elopement Risk ☐ Fire setting ☐ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type Comments: Click here to type What type of behavior management Desert Hills subscribes to the Therapuetic Crisis Intervention (TCI) model offered by program do you use? Please name the Cornell University. Desert Hills has a “Train the Trainer” program in regards to TCI; program and describe the training. there are currently Page |4 Desert Hills Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Do you do functional behavior assessments? If so, please describe your approach. If not, how do you assess the function of behaviors in your populations? List types of safety monitoring used (e.g., staff observation, video cameras). How does the facility assure access to appropriate medical and dental care? Does the facility use timeout? ☒ Yes ☐ No Does the facility use seclusion? ☒ Yes ☐ No Does the facility use restraints? ☒ Yes ☐ No How are facility staff trained regarding seclusion and the use of restraint? Please describe initial staff training as well as the follow up training process. Each client is assessed by a master’s level clinician prior to admission. This comprehensive assessment addresses all biological, social, and psychological needs. Additionally, upon an admission, an Individual Crisis Management Plan (ICMP) is created which assesses triggers, identifies coping skills, develops safety plans and trains all staff on the evaluation of the ICMP. The facility does not utilize video cameras. All clients are monitored by staff in their ratio as outlined per policy. The facility has 24 hour nursing coverage, as well as 24 hour psychiatrist on-call. Both of these elements assess for medical need and if a client requires additional medical attention beyond the scope of Desert Hills, the client is referred out for medical and dental care. If Yes, under what conditions? If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? If the patient requests it. 1:1 with staff to process. If Yes, under what conditions? If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? When the ICMP notes no restraint is Nurse observes patient while in seclusion allowed due to physical or emotional and documents accordingly. restriction. If Yes, under what conditions? If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? as a last resort. verbal deescalation preferred. If the client is exhibiting danger to self or Life space interview after every intervention others and all other verbal de-escalation with patient as well as staff involved and techniques have been exhausted. ICMP is updated accordingly Desert Hills uses TCI (Therapuetic Crisis Intervention). We do refreshers at 90 days for new employees and then 6 months there after. We focus on verbal deescalation , we use restraint and selcusion as a last resort, and only used if patient is in danger of hurting themselves or others. Data collected monthly to review all restraint and seclusions for appropriateness Page |5 Desert Hills Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How frequently are individual and facility seclusion and restraint data reviewed, and by whom? Individual Every weekday in the Clinical Flash meeting. Under what conditions and for what kind of events do you report “incidents” to Alaska Behavioral Health? Individual Every IR (Indicent Report) is reviewed by the risk manager and documented that is reportable and what follow up is needed. The QI (Quality Improvement) Staff then fax/email reportable incidents Facility Every month by the Restraint and Seclusion Performance Improvement Team (which includes administration, Program Directors, nurses and mental health technicians). Facility The QI (Quality Improvement) reports incidents including emergency room visits (i.e. illnesses, or injuries) allegations of abuse, neglect, or exploitation, death of patient, sexual miscondut, medication errors or significant adverse effects Does your program use aggregate progress If Yes, please describe. data for overall quality improvement? Incident report data is aggregated on a monthly basis and trends are identified. These trends then lend way to corrective actions when necessary. Incidents that are trended ☒ Yes ☐ No included restraints, seclusions, assaults, elopements, medication variances, selfinflicted inuries, among others. STRUCTURE AND SUPERVISION Would you characterize the level of Please explain your rating. structure and supervision provided by your High - Intense, focused, structure and supervision - Keystone of what we do here at Desert Hills program as low, moderate or high? Choose a level Describe how the level or intensity of supervision may vary across youth. All RTC patients are supervised very closely. Client to staff ratio can vary by unit, and clinical need: we staff in relation to acuity, our ratios of staff to patient are hight than state mandate, ratios are highest on the more acute units Page |6 Desert Hills Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Is the level of supervision based on individual risk and/or therapeutic need? ☐ Yes ☐ No What are the characteristics that would promote or prevent pairing of recipients as roommates? What is the safety monitoring policy/procedure for determining the assignment of roommates? What happens when characteristics of concern come to light, and how is a roommate change made owing to these characteristics? What safety monitoring practices are applicable during the day? At night? Please explain. Both: All RTC patients are supervised very closely. Client to staff ratio can vary by unit, and clinical need: we staff in relation to acuity, our ratios of staff to patient are hight than state mandate, ratios are highest on the more acute units This is evaluated by age, aggression, history of sexual acting out, and reassigning roommates is regularly accomplished. Additionally, during treatment, if it is identified that two roommates do not get along, we will take measures to reassign roommates. Program Director's and Therapists evaluate regulary and evaluate upon intake. On some units, reassigning roommates is regulary accomplished If it is identified that two clients can no longer be roomates (whether that is a result from an incident between the two, or a personality conflict), the Program Director will re-assign roommates that same day. Safety is of the utmost concern. Daily "Flash" meetings occur with Adminisstration, Program Directors, and Staff to discuss the previous days incidents - identifying the triggers, R/S, acuity, staff issues, and developing a corrective action plan accordingly. EDUCATION SERVICES Please indicate what types of educational ☒ On Site School ☒ Day Treatment ☐ Outpatient Services services the facility provides. ☐ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type Comments: All residential treatment clients who are in grades 6 – 12 attend an on-site private or charter school. Elementary clients who are special education attend the Albuquerque Public Schools Home School Program (APS teachers come to the facility to teach the kids). Elementary clients who are regular education are bused to the elementary school in the community that is near the facility. Please describe how you communicate The facility works closely with all school entities that we work with. The facility has an with school districts. How do you ensure Education Director who acts as the liaison between the facility and the private, charter, communication with home-based schools? APS, and community schools. Educational Accreditation The Desert Hills Private School is North Central Accredited. Page |7 Desert Hills Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Does your program accept school credits from other schools or programs? TREATMENT PLANNING AND REVIEW Who participates in regular treatment team meetings? Please check each regular (at least monthly) participant in treatment review/planning. How does your program involve the family in treatment, keep them informed of their child’s progress, and prepare them for step-down as part of the discharge process? ☒ Yes ☐ No ☒ Psychiatrist ☐Pediatrician ☒Nurse ☐Pharmacist ☐Other Medical (please list): Click here to type ☐ Physical Therapist ☐ Speech Therapist ☐ Occupational Therapist ☐ Dietitian ☐ Psychologist ☒ LCSW ☐ Behavior Analyst ☐ Other Clinician (name, credentials): Click here to type ☒ School Representative (name, role): Laura Braun, Education Director (when needed) ☒ Milieu (name, role): the assigned Program Director will attend the Treatment Team meeting. The PD represent the milieu staff. Families are central to everything we do here at Desert Hills. They are invited in the development of the treatment plan, weekly therapy sessions, monthly treatment team meetings, regular contact with Program Directors; daily phone calls with their child. Page |8 Desert Hills Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How does your program identify/assess the function of challenging behaviors? How does your program measure progress on treatment plan goals and objectives (e.g., subjective report, phase/level progress/specific data points)? Does your facility employ a privilege/level system? ☒ Yes ☐ No TREATMENT Below, please list (separately) your facility’s Treatment Approaches/Evidence Based Practices/Promising Practices/treatment orientations (e.g., SPARCS, Resiliency Framework, Social Stories, Nurtured Heart, Mentalization, etc). Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Dialectical Behavioral Therapy daily "flash”, Special Case reviews, treatment teams, specialized trainings, staff meetings, groups with client(s). Objective is to never give up on a child Monthly treatment team updates, phase system, evidenced based models on each unit with workbooks, DBT, CBT If Yes, on what basis do recipients earn privileges or improved level status? The sytem is set up as a “phase” system and the client’s engagement is program is what leads to positive reinforcement. However, we have moved away from consequences, thus it based on reward for positive behavior and engagement in treatment. Under what circumstances, if any, is the level system modified? The phase system is constantly being modified to be client specific. Research Support For each approach listed on the left, please identify the relevant staff training/credentials or cite the professional literature used to guide these approaches. Staff Training How are staff oriented to the items listed? Describe if/how administrative, clinical and milieu staff receive orientation, training and ongoing supervision. All therapists are master’s level clinicians trained in CBT as a part of their education. Cedar Coons and Slyma Fine are trainers in DBT. The clinical directors supervise and train the therapists weekly. The therapists and Program Directors receive DBT trainings every other week. Page |9 Desert Hills Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Certified Juvenile Sex Offender Therapist Nurtured Heart Approach Trauma Informed Care & Building Bridges Gail Ryan, CJSOT Therapists who work with the SMB population are trained one time by Gail Ryan in Colorado and given the certification of CJSOT. Local Nurtured Heart Trainers have Internally, we train all staff on NHA at hire, consulted with us and trained all staff. and regular trainings on –going. Building Bridges Program, Raul Alcazar The Clinical Directors, therapists and Program Directors have received Trauma Informed Care Training. Also, Raul Alcazar trained all staff facility wide in Trauma Informed Care in 2015. Name and credential(s) of behavior specialist (if the individual does not have a BCBA, please provide a description of the person’s training in behavior analysis). Does your facility employ or contract with a behavior specialist (behavioral Click here to type psychologist or BCBA) on the treatment team or staff? ☐ Yes ☒ No For each of the following professions/licenses, please answer the questions to the right. How does your facility ensure Is this professional a staff that these professionals’ member? Full or part time? treatment recommendations are implemented and consistently followed? If on contract, under what circumstances is this professional involved in treatment and planning? P a g e | 10 Desert Hills Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Dietitian The nursing staff note the orders written by the Dietician and carry them out. This is monitored by daily peer review chart checks completed by nursing staff. Part time / contract. Occupational Therapist If a client is seen by an OT, the Education Director will ensure that all recommendations are followed. If a client is seen by a Speech ; Language Pathologist, the Education Director will ensure that all recommendations are followed. Outsourced. The Dietician is contacted at time of admission if the client has a history or present need of dietary issues, or if the client’s BMI is low or high. Also, at any time during the course of treatment, the medical staff can contact the dietician for an assessment and recommendations. N/A Outsourced. N/A Speech/Language Pathologist P a g e | 11 Desert Hills Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Other Medical (e.g., GI, Sleep) Dental Other If a client is seen by a speciailist Outsourced. in the community, the nursing staff is responsible for reporting all findings the client’s attending psychiatrist at the facilty to obtain any new orders and the nursing staff is responsible to ensure the follow through of these order. Compliance is monitored by daily peer review chart checks. If a client is seen by a dentist in Outsourced. the community, the nursing staff is responsible for reporting all findings the client’s attending psychiatrist at the facilty to obtain any new orders and the nursing staff is responsible to ensure the follow through of these order. Compliance is monitored by daily peer review chart checks. Click here to type Click here to type N/A N/A Click here to type PSYCHOTHERAPY MODELS Please identify the psychotherapeutic models (e.g., CBT, DBT) used at your facility, by population Model Population Cognitive Behavioral Therapy All clients P a g e | 12 Desert Hills Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Diabolical Behavioral Therapy Pathways Click here to type Click here to type Family Therapy What are your expectations regarding family therapy? Male and female adolescents with emotion dysregulation Sexually maladaptive clients Click here to type Click here to type Family therapy is to occur one time per week. If the family cannot make the therapy session in person (which is the preferred method), then the session will take place via telephone or teleconference. Clinical Supervision occurs at a minimum of one time per week, one hour per supervision, for each clinician. There can also be additional group supervisions as deemed necessary. All staff are trained in the Therapuetic Crisis Intervention (TCI) approach in order to therapeutically intervene with clients in crisis. Clinical Supervision Describe how a professional provides clinical oversight to the program. How many hours/week? Crisis Supports How does the program assure access to the appropriate care for clients in crisis situation? Skill Development Please describe how your facility helps recipients develop the Methods/Interventions/Programs following: Interpersonal skills Interpersonal skills are taught in-vivo through mental health technician (MHT) interaction with clients in the moment, through special topics groups (inlcuding, but not limited to, anger management, social skills, conflict resolution, decision making skills,etc.), and through interactions with peers on unit, in school, and in recreational groups. Self-Regulation Self-regulation skills are taught through the use of sensory activities (struggle socks, weighted animals, sensorio-motor activities) as well as through mindfulness skills and activities. Daily Living Activities of daily living are taught through MHT hurdle help to complete activities (such as bed making, laundry, and chores like sweeping and mopping of rooms, etc). Other daily living skills, like schedule adherence, overcoming mood-dependent behavior, school attendance, nutrition & table manners, etc are all taught and developed experientially and in-the-moment interactions with peers, MHTs, school personnel and other facility staff. P a g e | 13 Desert Hills Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Communication Communication skills are taught, developed, and reinforced throughout the RTC program. Through groups (facilitated by MHTs, therapists, or Program Directors) specifically focused on communication issues (peer conflict, grievances, conflict resolution, etc). Also, communication skills are practiced in family therapy sessions. Desert Hills utilizes the Nurtured Heart Approach as the general approach to engaging with Other residents and their families. This approach focuses on profound noticing and then verbalizing resident behaviors seen through the lens of the resident's greatness. Please describe how your facility helps the Therapists work with the residents and their family through family therapy sessions to teach, practice, and refine communication skills, Nurtured Heart Approach techniques. During passes recipient generalize these skills to their with family or guardian, the resident is assigned homework to complete during pass. This work home environment. is specifically focused on generalizing skills within the home, or home community, of the client. Upon return to the facility, the guardian fills out a form indicating the disposition of the pass, and if homework was completed. Homework is reviewed in the next family therapy session, with behavioral rehearsal to refine skill, and new assignment generated. DAILY SCHEDULE Please describe the daily schedule. How are transitions (to meals, school, activities, etc.) managed? How are meals managed (e.g., preparation, clean-up)? The day begins with Activities of Daily Living (hygiene, chores, breakfast, medications, expectations groups, etc). School is from 9am-3pm Monday through Friday (with exceptions of school holidays & vacation periods). After school, unit programming, including but not limited to groups (as described above), recreational activities, therapy sessions (individual, group, and/or family), snack & meal time, medications, etc, takes place. During the weekend, the same activities take place (with the exception of school), with focus on unit outings in the community, passes or visits with family/guardians, recreational activities, etc. There are three main ways transitions are handled: 1. Through formalized expectations groups where residents and MHTs discuss the expectations around certain activities (such as outings, campus visitors, etc). 2. Through hurdle help of time reminders (such as "five minutes left until it is time to clean up for lunch"). 3. Through line drills, i.e. a call & response repetition of reminder phrases, when walking from one location to another. Desert Hills has a fully equipped kitchen, menu's are developed weekly and approved by APS schools dietician. Patients are served in a cafeteria and are responsible for scraping their plates and wiping down the table P a g e | 14 Desert Hills Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe the types of recreational activities available to recipients. On-Site Activities: Recreation times are allotted to all units on a rotating schedule daily. The recreation department facilitates organized recreation periods throughout the day during school hours; open and/or structured recreation is part of the evening schedule. Special Events are brought to the facility on occasion, such as Exotics of the Rainforest, Black History Month events, dancers or cultural events, etc. Off-Site Activities: Offsite activities usually occurs only on weekends or holidays so as to not interrupt the school day. Offsite activities include (but are not limited to) the botanical gardens, zoo, aquarium, museums & cultural event centers, artistic & musical venues and events, community service activities, equine assisted therapy sessions, movies, restaurants, etc. DISCHARGE PLANNING AND POST-TREATMENT Discharge planning begins at admission. Therapists/Social Workers are responsible for ensuring When does discharge planning begin? after care with input form the treatment team Who is responsible for discharge planning at your facility? What percentage of your recipients return to: Do you do any follow up to learn what happens with your recipients after they discharge from your facility? ☐ Yes ☒ No The treatment team, primarily the therapist, is responsible for ensuring appropriate discharge planning. Therapeutic Foster Care: 35 Foster Care: 0 Family: 50 Group Home: 10 Corrections: 2 Independent Living: 2 If Yes, please describe your findings. N/A Please use the space below for further comments regarding your facility. P a g e | 15 Desert Hills Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Click here to type Section B AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDERS QUESTIONNAIRE Please provide additional information regarding the N/A characteristics of the recipients with ASD for whom you can provide specialized treatment (e.g., ASD with IQ under 70, ASD with IQ over 70, Asperger’s disorder, etc.). Please be specific, especially regarding developmental age and/or IQ requirements. Please check each box that corresponds with aspects of treatment at your facility that are listed below. These elements, other than CBT as discussed below, are described in “Practice Parameter for the Assessment of Children and Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder”, Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Feb 2014. Do you have screening If Yes, please list the tools(s) by name and/or send copies. Click here to type mechanisms for ASD that includes questions about ASD and symptomatology? ☐ Yes ☒ No Click here to type What diagnostic evaluation/assessment process do you use? P a g e | 16 Desert Hills Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please check all ☐ Family interviews that are included: ☐ Review of past records ☐Consideration of DSM-V criteria ☐History, including educational and behavioral interventions ☐ Differential diagnosis ☐ Observation ☐ Specific Tools (please identify): Click here to type For each of the following elements, please use the drop down menu to indicate whether it is included in your multidisciplinary assessment of children with ASD. If you indicate “as needed,” please describe what would prompt an assessment. Click here to type Physical Exam Choose an answer Click here to type Screening for Choose an answer Gastrointestinal Problems Click here to type Hearing Screen Choose an answer Click here to type Examination for Signs Choose an answer of Tuberous Sclerosis Click here to type Genetic Testing Choose an answer Click here to type Consideration of Choose an answer Unusual Features Click here to type Psychological Assessment Choose an answer (cognitive and adaptive) Click here to type Communication Choose an answer Assessment Click here to type Occupational Therapy Choose an answer Assessment Click here to type Physical Therapy Choose an answer Assessment Click here to type Sleep Assessment Choose an answer Please indicate which evidence-based and structured educational and behavioral interventions are in use at your facility by checking the box in the left hand column as well as answering the additional questions in the right hand column, as applicable. P a g e | 17 Desert Hills Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 ☐ Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Is ABA used in school? ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ Alternative Communication Modalities Is ABA used in ☐ Yes ☐ No residential? Is ABA in treatment ☐ Yes ☐ No plan? What credentials does Click here to type your ABA specialist have? Click here to type Is this person on the treatment team? Click here to type Is this person a contractor or staff member? Please identify (e.g., Picture Exchange Communication System, sign language, assistive technologies, visual schedules, etc.) ☐ Pragmatic Language skills training ☐ Social Skills training Please describe and/or identify the program or supporting literature. ☐ Education If structured educational models are used, please identify. ☐ Other Please describe. Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Please answer the following questions. Are there medications that you If yes, please identify. typically use with this population? Click here to type ☐ Yes ☐ No P a g e | 18 Desert Hills Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe your facility’s approach to the use of medication with children and youth with ASD. Do you inquire about the use of complementary/alternative treatments? ☐ Yes ☐ No What staff person/people are familiar with the literature regarding best/evidence-based practices for this population? Under what circumstances, and/or what are the characteristics of recipients with ASD with whom your facility uses Cognitive Behavioral Therapy? Who are the regular treatment team members for the children with ASD in your care? Click here to type Please explain. Click here to type Please identify by name, role and credentials. Click here to type Click here to type Please identify by name, role and credentials. Click here to type For facilities that provide treatment for individuals with Asperger’s Disorder or individuals with ASD who do not experience Intellectual Disabilities, please answer the following question: P a g e | 19 Desert Hills Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe your approach to treatment and any interventions that are employed specifically for this population. Please also provide information about the research that supports this approach with this population. Click here to type Please use the space below for additional comments. Click here to type P a g e | 20 Devereux Cleo Wallace Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 This form was first introduced in 2013, and has been modified in this (2016) version. All Psychiatric Residential Treatment Facilities (PRTF) that contract with Alaska Medicaid are required to complete this Section A. Facilities that indicate Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) as a specialty are also required to complete Section B. The form will be posted on a website in order to be available to families, providers and guardians who are considering placement in a PRTF for a child. If you facility has more than one Alaska Medicaid provider number, please complete one form for each. Use the tab key to move to each new section. Please complete this form and return via email to: akbehavioralhealth@qualishealth.org Section A FACILITY INFORMATION Name and title of person completing this form Date completed Contact number Site/Cottage/Facility Name Address Andrea TeBeest, Intake Manager February 8, 2016 303-438-2357 Devereux Cleo Wallace 8405 Church Ranch Blvd. Westminster, CO 80021 GENERAL OVERVIEW CO DHS, JCAHO Accreditation Body Indicate which gender(s) you serve and the applicable age range and number of licensed beds below Age Range # of Licensed Beds 12-21 61 ☒Males 12-21 25 ☒Females Click here to type Click here to type ☐Other Describe your client:staff ratio and how it is calculated for the following: Nursing Milieu Comments Click here to type Day Bambi 6:1 Click here to type Evening Bambi 4:1 HOME PRINT Page |1 Devereux Cleo Wallace Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Click here to type 12:1 with 2 additional support staff available for acuity purposes Does your facility have requirements regarding IQ? If yes, please explain. Minimum IQ of 70 ☒ Yes ☐ No What is the average length of stay for For AK Medicaid Recipients? Other State’s Medicaid Tricare/Other Insured? the facility overall? 9-12 months Recipients? 30 Days Click here to type 9-12 months Are you anticipating change to your program? If yes, please describe. Click here to type ☐ Yes ☒ No Is the facility locked or unlocked? ☐ Locked ☒ Unlocked Is the facility secure? ☒ Yes ☐ No We have a licensed psychologist who completes a wide variety of Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and psychological evaluations as indicated by client behavior and history. treating children and youth with FASD. What kind of training do Staff are provided additional training from the clinical department your staff receive (include milieu as well as clinical staff). Night Click here to type Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and treating children and youth with extensive trauma histories. What kind of training do your staff receive (include milieu as well as clinical). Identify your trauma treatment approach and describe the approach regarding staff training and Evidence Based Practices. when a client's diagnosis or behaviors warrant it. Our treatment process aims to integrate principles of a TraumaInformed Model of Care (i.e., neurodevelopmental effects of exposure to adverse events during childhood) with an Applied Behavior Analytic approach to improve individuals’ capacity for emotion regulation, engage in relational interactions, and encourage positive social behavior. This is achieved by creating an enriched treatment environment and using positive reinforcement to support patterned, repetitive experiences designed to target symptoms of developmental trauma, and emotional and behavioral dysregulation. In this way, Devereux Colorado - Cleo Wallace Center strives to create an environment that is conducive to teaching new ways for clients to respond to the demands of today’s world. Page |2 Devereux Cleo Wallace Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 We have staff available on-site, as well as, utilize an EAP service. Please describe your facility’s approach to secondary trauma in staff (for example, stress resulting from helping or wanting to help a traumatized or suffering person). Specialty Populations Please check all specialty populations this What training does staff receive for this population? facility serves. Through initial training and periodic training throughout the ☒ Autism Spectrum Disorders (High year. Functioning and Asperger’s) NOTE: Facilities with this specialty must complete Section B Click here to type ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders (severe/low functioning) NOTE: Facilities with this specialty must complete Section B Sexualized behaviors: Initial training and periodic training throughout the year. ☒ Sexually reactive (e.g. response to trauma) Training is conducted by a SOMB therapist. ☒ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. resulting from cognitive or neuro-behavioral issues) ☒ Sexually offending: ☒ adjudicated/ ☒ nonadjudicated Excluded Populations Click here to type ☐ Eating Disorder Click here to type ☐ Other Click here to type Click here to type ☐ Other Click here to type Please check all populations excluded from this facility. ☐ Sexually reactive (e.g. response ☐ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. to trauma) resulting from cognitive or neurobehavioral issues) Sexually offending: ☐ adjudicated/ ☐ nonadjudicated ☒ Eating Disorder ☐ Physical Aggression ☐ Psychosis Page |3 Devereux Cleo Wallace Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders ☐ Self-injurious behaviors (severe/low functioning) (high functioning/Asperger’s) ☐ Suicidal ideation/attempts ☐ Elopement Risk ☒ Fire setting ☒ Other: Pregnancy ☐ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type Comments: Click here to type We train our staff to establish and maintain a safe and warm therapeutic environment. We What type of behavior management utilize the New Directions Curriculum and an adaptation of the Crisis Prevention Intervention program do you use? Please name the (CPI) we call Safe and Positive Approaches that is standardized through the entire Devereux program and describe the training. Do you do functional behavior assessments? If so, please describe your approach. If not, how do you assess the function of behaviors in your populations? List types of safety monitoring used (e.g., staff observation, video cameras). How does the facility assure access to appropriate medical and dental care? Foundation. Our treatment process works to integrate principles of a Trauma-Informed Model of Care (i.e., neurodevelopmental effects of exposure to adverse events during childhood) with an Applied Behavior Analytic approach to improve individuals’ capacity for emotion regulation, engage in relational interactions, and encourage positive social behavior. This is achieved by creating an enriched treatment environment and using positive reinforcement to support patterned, repetitive experiences designed to target symptoms of developmental trauma, emotional, and behavioral dysregulation. In this way, Devereux Colorado - Cleo Wallace Center strives to create an environment that is conducive to teaching new ways for clients to respond to the demands of today’s world. Staff respond to challenging behavior by using positive relational style to encourage de-escalation before giving feedback and predictable consequences. When providing feedback, staff focuses on clearly identifying and describing desired forms of behavior During the first 30 days of placement, we conduct a variety of assessments based on problem areas. If ASD is suspected by referring parties, or symptomatology observed post-admission, and further assessment requested, our assessment process includes a minimum of a Functional Behavior Assessment, and the Autism Spectrum Rating Scales. Staff observation 24-hour nursing, on-call pediatrician, provide transportation to medical and dental appointments. All clients receive a nursing assessment within 8 hours of admission, a physical within 72 hours of admission, and a dental appointment within 6 weeks of admission. Page |4 Devereux Cleo Wallace Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Does the facility use timeout? ☒ Yes ☐ No Does the facility use seclusion? ☐ Yes ☐ No Does the facility use restraints? ☒ Yes ☐ No How are facility staff trained regarding seclusion and the use of restraint? Please describe initial staff training as well as the follow up training process. If Yes, under what conditions? Quite room under constant visual monitoring by staff If Yes, under what conditions? staff obtain a doctor's order and seclude the client in a Quiet Room while maintaining constant visual monitoring If Yes, under what conditions? If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? staff process with client and come up with a plan to return to the milieu If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? staff process with client and come up with a plan to return to the milieu. A registered nurse conducts a face-to-face evaluation If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? A registered nurse conducts a face-to-face evaluation and the client processes with a staff member to come up with a plan to return to the unit. Seclusion and Restraint are considered to be the highest levels of behavioral interventions and are only to be utilized in emergencies in which there is an imminent risk of an individual physically harming himself or herself or others, including staff, and when all other, less restrictive alternatives have been exhausted. Clients may only be placed in seclusion and/or restraint when their Individualized Emergency Intervention Plan indicates its use as appropriate and consistent with their treatment plan or when they present an imminent danger to themselves and/or others. All staff receive an initial training regarding seclusion and restraint and receive a refresher training every 6 months. Page |5 Devereux Cleo Wallace Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How frequently are individual and facility seclusion and restraint data reviewed, and by whom? Individual Facility Under what conditions and for what kind of events do you report “incidents” to Alaska Behavioral Health? Individual Facility The multi-disciplinary team review any clients who require 3 or more restraints/seclusions in a week. Individual restraint/seclusion data is reviewed monthly for each client's Treatment Plan Review death, suicide (including attempt or threat), allegation of sexual abuse, harm to self, harm to others, serious injury/illness requiring attention by medical personnel, serious injury/illness requiring attention by in-house medical staff, use of seclusion or restraint, unapproved absence over 10 hours, medication error requiring medical attention, law enforcement involvement, violation of condition of probation, allegations of criminal conduct, fire or other disaster, Units and classrooms review their restraint/seclusion data on a monthly basis and compare the trends to previous months. Multi-disciplinary teams also review any restraint/seclusion incidents which may have occurred a week at a time. unplanned change in administrator, knowledge or suspicion of abuse, neglect, misappropriation of funds or property of recipients of service, knowledge that any employee, volunteer or household member has been convicted or charged with an offense under AS47.05 Does your program use aggregate progress If Yes, please describe. We review Key Performance Indicators monthly to determine trends. data for overall quality improvement? ☒ Yes ☐ No STRUCTURE AND SUPERVISION Would you characterize the level of Please explain your rating. structure and supervision provided by your Our level of structure and supervision is high. Staff provide consistent visual monitoring which is documented every 11-15 minutes. Structure is developed by a multi-disclipinary team which program as low, moderate or high? Choose a level focuses to teaching pro-social behavior and rewards positive behaviors. Page |6 Devereux Cleo Wallace Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Describe how the level or intensity of supervision may vary across youth. Based on the individual's safety level, a client may be on routine monitoring (staff complete visual check at least every 15 minutes), close observation (client remains within staff sight at all times), monitored in the great room during sleeping hours, 4 minute checks. All of these levels of supervision are determined by a clinician or nurse and are communicated to all members to the treatment team Is the level of supervision based on individual risk and/or therapeutic need? ☒ Yes ☐ No What are the characteristics that would promote or prevent pairing of recipients as roommates? What is the safety monitoring policy/procedure for determining the assignment of roommates? What happens when characteristics of concern come to light, and how is a roommate change made owing to these characteristics? What safety monitoring practices are applicable during the day? At night? Please explain. EDUCATION SERVICES Please indicate what types of educational services the facility provides. Comments: Click here to type Yes. The clinician or nurse determines the level of supervision. age, prior victimization or offending behavior, risk to sexually offend, risk of being victimized, threats of aggression Roommate assignments are assessed weekly with the aid of a roommate assessment. All members of the multi-disciplinary team share their input and determine roommate assignments. Staff members working during a shift where a concern may come to light will complete a new roommate assessment and determine if changes are appropriate Clients are monitored consistently during waking hours which is documented every 11-15 minutes. During sleeping hours, a bed and body check is completed every 11-15 minutes. Additionally, all units are equipped with laser curtains which will sound an alarm in the vertical plane of the bed is broken ☒ On Site School ☒ Day Treatment ☐ Outpatient Services ☐ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type Page |7 Devereux Cleo Wallace Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe how you communicate with school districts. How do you ensure communication with home-based schools? Educational Accreditation Does your program accept school credits from other schools or programs? TREATMENT PLANNING AND REVIEW Who participates in regular treatment team meetings? Please check each regular (at least monthly) participant in treatment review/planning. If student has an IEP- the process brings the District and Devereux Cleo Wallace together facilitating conversation. For a student without an IEP we would have an initial contact with the former District if the plan is for the student to return to home school or to an alternative school. If the plan is not to return to the home school, the development and realization of this student's Educational Plan is driven by us toward earning credits for graduation or GED tracked when the credit gap is likely difficult to overcome Accredited by Colorado Deptment of Education for the State and Nationally through AdvancED ☒ Yes ☐ No ☒ Psychiatrist ☐Pediatrician ☒Nurse ☐Pharmacist ☒Other Medical (please list): medication technician ☐ Physical Therapist ☐ Speech Therapist ☐ Occupational Therapist ☐ Dietitian ☐ Psychologist ☐ LCSW ☐ Behavior Analyst ☒ Other Clinician (name, credentials): Primary unit clinician ☐ School Representative (name, role): Click here to type ☒ Milieu (name, role): all staff assigned to work directly with the client; program manager Page |8 Devereux Cleo Wallace Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How does your program involve the family in treatment, keep them informed of their child’s progress, and prepare them for step-down as part of the discharge process? How does your program identify/assess the function of challenging behaviors? How does your program measure progress on treatment plan goals and objectives (e.g., subjective report, phase/level progress/specific data points)? Parents are involved in weekly family therapy, are invited to monthly treatment plan review meetings and have immediate notification of any incidents. Does your facility employ a privilege/level system? ☒ Yes ☐ No If Yes, on what basis do recipients earn privileges or improved level status? Motivational Assessment Scale daily points which includes therapeutic goals are tracked a month at a time and compared to previous month during monthly Treatment Plan Review. We utilize a computer program which tracks restraints/seclusions, rates of aggression, rates of self-injury, and contraband use and review that date from the date of admission to the current month during monthly Treatment Plan Review Under what circumstances, if any, is the level system modified? Clients admit on Orientation Level and The level system is modified to meet the progress over time to Level 1, Level 2, Level 3, needs of each individual and family. If the and Graduation Level. Clients complete a level level system does not align with the packet and therapeutic assignments to client’s needs based on their goals and advance levels. Additional privileges such as length of stay, the treatment team can later bed times are earned as the client work with the client to insure that progresses through the level system. incentives are appropriately utilized. TREATMENT Page |9 Devereux Cleo Wallace Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Below, please list (separately) your facility’s Treatment Approaches/Evidence Based Practices/Promising Practices/treatment orientations (e.g., SPARCS, Resiliency Framework, Social Stories, Nurtured Heart, Mentalization, etc). Verbal praise (Positive relational experiences Making “time in” matter (Enriched Environment) Research Support For each approach listed on the left, please identify the relevant staff training/credentials or cite the professional literature used to guide these approaches. Staff Training How are staff oriented to the items listed? Describe if/how administrative, clinical and milieu staff receive orientation, training and ongoing supervision. It is crucial to notice and acknowledge when children are doing well. Staff is trained to acknowledge and provide positive feedback when a child is successful. This motivates the child to do well more often, in turn, decreasing problematic behavior It is very important to create an environment where children are motivated and excited about their treatment. This includes providing activities that are fun and therapeutic, encouragement to maintain appropriate and meaningful relationships with others, and feeling respected and liked by staff. All staff receive an initial 2 week training which orient them to our treatment strategie and participate in refresher trainings on a rotating schedule. Multi-disciplinary treatment teams discuss clients and additional trainings are offered when needed All staff receive an initial 2 week training which orient them to our treatment strategie and participate in refresher trainings on a rotating schedule. Multi-disciplinary treatment teams discuss clients and additional trainings are offered when needed P a g e | 10 Devereux Cleo Wallace Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Earning points through the level system (Differential Reinforcement) New Directions Click here to type Sometimes it is necessary to mediate motivation and bridge delays to reinforcement by utilizing contingency management and visual representation of progress. By using Positive Behavior Intervention and Support methods, the frequency and consistency with which patients engage in positive behaviors is reinforced and patients are awarded for participating in treatment. Additionally, for specific diagnoses for which Response Cost is indicated (in general the Disruptive Behavior Disorders), staff may also utilize predictable consequences to decrease the likelihood that negative behaviors will be repeated. Forms of negative feedback include: reduction in privileges, restrictions from preferred activities, drop in levels, and loss of points All staff receive an initial 2 week training which orient them to our treatment strategie and participate in refresher trainings on a rotating schedule. Multi-disciplinary treatment teams discuss clients and additional trainings are offered when needed. Staff are trained on the use of the social curriculum, New Directions. Implementation of new directions in the classroom focuses on using early interventions, making effective requests, positive praise, setting clear expectations and reinforcing positive behaviors. Click here to type All staff receive an initial 2 week training which orient them to our treatment strategie and participate in refresher trainings on a rotating schedule. Multi-disciplinary treatment teams discuss clients and additional trainings are offered when needed. All staff receive an initial 2 week training which orient them to our treatment strategie and participate in refresher trainings on a rotating schedule. Multi-disciplinary treatment teams discuss clients and additional trainings are offered when needed. Click here to type P a g e | 11 Devereux Cleo Wallace Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Does your facility employ or contract with Name and credential(s) of behavior specialist (if the individual does not have a BCBA, a behavior specialist (behavioral please provide a description of the person’s training in behavior analysis). Curt Mower, M.S., BCBA Megan Daveline, MA, BCBA psychologist or BCBA) on the treatment team or staff? ☒ Yes ☐ No For each of the following professions/licenses, please answer the questions to the right. How does your facility ensure Is this professional a staff If on contract, under what that these professionals’ member? Full or part time? circumstances is this treatment recommendations professional involved in are implemented and treatment and planning? consistently followed? Dietitian The dietitian performs a Full time nutrition assessment and creates nutrition plan/goals tailored to the individual client needs. The dietitian nutritional assessment and plan is implemented into the treatment plan. She reviews and signs off on the plan. Occupational Therapist On contract Occupational therapist consults with the treatment professionals involved with the client to insure that interventions and skills are practiced on a regular basis. P a g e | 12 Devereux Cleo Wallace Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Speech/Language Pathologist On contract Other Medical (e.g., GI, Sleep) Dental Other Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Speech/Language pathologist consults with the treatment professionals involved with the client to insure that interventions and skills are practiced on a regular basis. Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type PSYCHOTHERAPY MODELS Please identify the psychotherapeutic models (e.g., CBT, DBT) used at your facility, by population Model Population Dialectic Behavior Therapy All clients Applied Behavior Analysis Aggression Replacement Therapy Click here to type Click here to type Family Therapy What are your expectations regarding family therapy? Clinical Supervision Describe how a professional provides clinical oversight to the program. How many hours/week? Autism Spectrum Disorders, where clinically approriate all clients Click here to type Click here to type Family therapy aims to teach both the client and family skills to not only maintain gains made during treatment, but to facilitate further improvement independent of therapy. A variety of approaches may be used to accomplish these goals, most common being structural, systemic, strategic, and behavioral parenting. By enhancing the family's capacity to function as a healthy unit, it is hoped that further protective processes may be created The clinical team is divided into two groups with each group meeting once per week. Each clinician presents one client per month for review by the group. The supervision model we use is a Competency-based Model based on a text published by Falender & Shafranske P a g e | 13 Devereux Cleo Wallace Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Crisis Supports How does the program assure access to the appropriate care for clients in crisis situation? Skill Development Please describe how your facility helps recipients develop the following: Interpersonal skills Self-Regulation Daily Living Communication Other Please describe how your facility helps the recipient generalize these skills to their home environment. DAILY SCHEDULE Please describe the daily schedule. How are transitions (to meals, school, activities, etc.) managed? How are meals managed (e.g., preparation, clean-up)? Every student has a current IEP or Educational Plan in place, with appropriate modifications and accommodations. In addition, each student has an ISTTP (Individualized Special Treatment Procedure Plan) which is followed closely on the unit and in the classroom and includes deescalation strategies tailored to each individual Methods/Interventions/Programs Daily therapeutic groups and individually tailored goals Daily therapeutic groups and individually tailored goals A structure created with the goal of teaching independent living skills and pro-social behavior All clients particpate in daily groups which focus on sharing your opinion and listening to others Click here to type Critical attention and time is devoted to transferring programmatic successes to the home environment. This may be accomplished through support giving, information exchange, parent training, home passes with home work, and other similar wrap-around services. Each unit is slightly different, however all clients attend school, participate in a daily therapeutic group, attend dinner, are offered a structured recreation activity, allowed structured leisure time, provided time for phone calls, and attend a medication administration group. Clients transition between activities in a single file line with no talking We have an on-site dietician/kitchen manager who oversees the preparation of balanced, healthy meals at our cafeteria P a g e | 14 Devereux Cleo Wallace Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe the types of recreational activities available to recipients. On-Site Activities: We have a swimming pool, gym, weight room, game room, outdoor basketball courts, 4 square courts, baseball diamond, volleyball net in the summer. Every unit has a wide variety of recreational toys, from footballs to skateboards. A basketball team is offered for boys and a volleyball team is offered for girls. Off-Site Activities: Our Physical Activites Coordinator provides numerous off site activities. For example, running, mountain biking, snowboarding, rock climbing, rec center visits. In addition to these activites, the clients are able to earn weekly off grounds trips to places like the movies, zoo, museum, dinner, shopping. DISCHARGE PLANNING AND POST-TREATMENT When does discharge planning begin? Tentative discharge plans are discussed with the guardian upon admission and the plan is assessed at every monthly treatment plan review. Who is responsible for discharge planning James McHenry, Jennifer McGee, Laura Stickney, Lynn Curtis, and Derick Burkhard at your facility? What percentage of your recipients return Therapeutic Foster Care: 25% to: Foster Care: Family: 50% Group Home: 25% Corrections: Click here to type Independent Living: Click here to type Do you do any follow up to learn what If Yes, please describe your findings. Click here to type happens with your recipients after they discharge from your facility? ☐ Yes ☒ No Please use the space below for further comments regarding your facility. Approximately 80% of our clients step down to a lower level of care (i.e. group home, return to family, foster care, day treatment P a g e | 15 Devereux Cleo Wallace Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Section B AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDERS QUESTIONNAIRE Please provide additional information regarding the characteristics of the recipients with ASD for whom you can provide specialized treatment (e.g., ASD with IQ under 70, ASD with IQ over 70, Asperger’s disorder, etc.). Please be specific, especially regarding developmental age and/or IQ requirements. We provide specialized care and treatment of individuals diagnosed with ASD with IQs over 70 (although individuals with IQ scores between 55 -70 are considered on a case by case basis). Our treatment models are specifically chosen to provide the accommodate individuals with a mismatch between developmental and chronological age. During the first 30 days of placement, we conduct a variety of assessments based on problem areas. If ASD is suspected by referring parties, or symptomatology observed post-admission, and further assessment requested, our assessment process includes a minimum of a Functional Behavior Assessment, and the Autism Spectrum Rating Scales. Please check each box that corresponds with aspects of treatment at your facility that are listed below. These elements, other than CBT as discussed below, are described in “Practice Parameter for the Assessment of Children and Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder”, Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Feb 2014. Do you have screening If Yes, please list the tools(s) by name and/or send copies. Typically, individuals referred to our ASD program have previously been diagnosed with ASD mechanisms for ASD that includes questions about ASD and symptomatology? ☒ Yes ☐ No P a g e | 16 Devereux Cleo Wallace Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 What diagnostic evaluation/assessment process do you use? During the first 30 days of placement, we conduct a variety of assessments based on problem areas. If ASD is suspected by referring parties, or symptomatology observed post-admission, and further assessment requested, our assessment process includes a minimum of a Functional Behavior Assessment, and the Autism Spectrum Rating Scales. Please check all ☒ Family interviews that are included: ☒ Review of past records ☒Consideration of DSM-V criteria ☒History, including educational and behavioral interventions ☒ Differential diagnosis ☒ Observation ☒ Specific Tools (please identify): Autism Spectrum Rating Scales;Comprehensive Executive Functioning Inventory;Motivation Assessment Scale, Functional Assessment Interview, Checklist of Adaptive Living Skills, Adolescent Coping Inventory for Problem Experiences For each of the following elements, please use the drop down menu to indicate whether it is included in your multidisciplinary assessment of children with ASD. If you indicate “as needed,” please describe what would prompt an assessment. Physical Exam Yes The Nursing Assessment which is completed at admission, Screening for As Needed Gastrointestinal Problems Hearing Screen Examination for Signs of Tuberous Sclerosis Genetic Testing Consideration of Unusual Features Psychological Assessment (cognitive and adaptive) screens all basic body systems including gastrointestinal and neurological (including hearing). Referral to a specialty clinic would occur if the pediatric practitioner determined that there were one or more major features present and two or more minor features present. Yes Yes Click here to type Click here to type No Yes Click here to type Click here to type Yes As requested by guardian or recommendation by the assigned clinician P a g e | 17 Devereux Cleo Wallace Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Communication Assessment Occupational Therapy Assessment Physical Therapy Assessment Sleep Assessment Yes Click here to type As Needed If requested by the guardian or indicated on the individual’s IEP. Yes Conducted upon request or if abnormalities are detected during initial physical exam, with funding Conducted upon detection of sleep problems (Albany Sleep Problems Scale & Sleep Intervention Questionnaire As Needed Please indicate which evidence-based and structured educational and behavioral interventions are in use at your facility by checking the box in the left hand column as well as answering the additional questions in the right hand column, as applicable. Is ABA used in school? ☒ Yes ☐ No ☒ Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Is ABA used in ☒ Yes ☐ No residential? Is ABA in treatment ☐ Yes ☐ No plan? What credentials does BCBA your ABA specialist have? Is this person on the Yes treatment team? Is this person a Staff Member contractor or staff member? Please identify (e.g., Picture Exchange Communication System, sign language, assistive ☒ Alternative Communication technologies, visual schedules, etc.) Modalities Assistive technology primarily used for selectively mute individuals, Visual schedules commonly utilized ☐ Pragmatic Language skills training P a g e | 18 Devereux Cleo Wallace Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 ☒ Social Skills training Please describe and/or identify the program or supporting literature. ☒ Education If structured educational models are used, please identify. ☒ Other Multi-Modal Social Skills Intervention; ASSET; Problem Solving Social Skills Several curriculm-based educational models focused on increasing functional academics directly related to employment-related skill acquisition. Some example curricula include: Life-Centered Career Education; School to Work Skills; Life School 2000; AGS Life Skills Curriculum; Consumer Math; and English for the World of Work Please describe. Manualized protocols for Sensory Regulation, Dialectical Behavior Therapy, and the Neurosequetial Model of Therapeutics when indicated Please answer the following questions. Are there medications that you If yes, please identify. typically use with this population? *Completed by Dr. Michael Seller, PsychiatristOur psychiatrist prescribes medications that are FDA approved for autism spectrum. This includes antipsychotics, which are basically approved to manage ☐ Yes ☐ No anger. These have significant immediate and long term side effects, so our psychiatrist tends to use them only when other options have failed. Our psychiatrists approach is to look for target symptoms and comorbid conditions; ie, if the diagnosis is Autism spectrum and Depression, they would use antidepressants, usually SSRIs. If Autism spectrum and Bipolar, they may prescribe mood stabilizers or antipsychotics, such as Lithium, Depakote or Risperdal or Abilify. If there is coexisting ADHD they may prescribe stimulants and/or alpha blockers such as Clonidine or Tenex. If there is not a coexisting diagnosis sometimes medications may only be prescribed to address target symptoms. SSRIs work well for cognitive inflexibility and obsessional thinking/ compulsive behavior, all of which are seen in Autism spectrum. Clondiine and Tenex can help with emotional regulation, impulsive anger and hyperactivity without the side effects of antipsychotics and stimulants, so they are often a first choice. If someone comes in stabilized on medications, our psychiatrist will continue to prescribe what they are taking rather than make changes, and for behavior or mood issues that arise, would adjust doses rather than make complete changes to a different medication (unless it is clear that the medication is worsening symptoms or not alleviating them at all). Please describe your facility’s approach to the use of medication with children and youth with ASD. Devereux Colorado does not use prns, as we want clients to learn to mangage moods and behaviors with coping skills. We will treat coocurring psychiatric disorders, or symptoms of emotional/ cognitive inflexibility or aggression, that don’t respond to psychotherapy. P a g e | 19 Devereux Cleo Wallace Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Do you inquire about the use of complementary/alternative treatments? ☐ Yes ☐ No What staff person/people are familiar with the literature regarding best/evidence-based practices for this population? Under what circumstances, and/or what are the characteristics of recipients with ASD with whom your facility uses Cognitive Behavioral Therapy? Who are the regular treatment team members for the children with ASD in your care? Please explain. Click here to type Please identify by name, role and credentials. Clinicians, psychiatrists, program managers. All three of the social skills teaching protocols we employ include components of CBT. Please see #9 below for more details on individual characteristics. Please identify by name, role and credentials. Lisa Gauda, PhD (Clinical Psychologist); Michael Seller, M.D. (Psychiatrist); Chuck Green & Sean Daly (SPED teachers); James McHenry (Case Coordinator); Todd Davis (Program Manager) For facilities that provide treatment for individuals with Asperger’s Disorder or individuals with ASD who do not experience Intellectual Disabilities, please answer the following question: We specialize in providing treatment to individuals who do not experience intellectual disabilities, Please describe your approach to and find that a majority of these individuals also experience significant co-occuring problems in treatment and any interventions addition to ASD. Specifically we have selected treatment modalities to treat Anxiety, Depression, and that are employed specifically for Developmental Trauma-related Problems that occur co-morbidly with ASD. this population. Please also provide information about the research that supports this approach with this population. P a g e | 20 Devereux Cleo Wallace Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please use the space below for additional comments. Click here to type P a g e | 21 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 This form was first introduced in 2013, and has been modified in this (2016) version. All Psychiatric Residential Treatment Facilities (PRTF) that contract with Alaska Medicaid are required to complete this Section A. Facilities that indicate Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) as a specialty are also required to complete Section B. The form will be posted on a website in order to be available to families, providers and guardians who are considering placement in a PRTF for a child. If you facility has more than one Alaska Medicaid provider number, please complete one form for each. Use the tab key to move to each new section. Please complete this form and return via email to: akbehavioralhealth@qualishealth.org Section A FACILITY INFORMATION Name and title of person completing this form Date completed Contact number Site/Cottage/Facility Name Address David Roberds-Roach, Director of Marketing February 22, 2016 281-335-1000, ext. 2210 Devereux Texas 1150 Devereux Drive, League City, TX 77573 GENERAL OVERVIEW Accreditation Body The Joint Commission Indicate which gender(s) you serve and the applicable age range and number of licensed beds below Age Range # of Licensed Beds 13-22 years 132 ☒Males 13-22 years 132 ☒Females Click here to type Click here to type ☐Other Describe your client:staff ratio and how it is calculated for the following: Nursing Milieu Comments Day Nursing care is available at 1:4 Nursing care is available at all times. Nurses are assigned all times. to units based on applicable regulations. HOME PRINT Page |1 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Evening Nursing care is available at 1:4 all times. Night Nursing care is available at 1:8 all times. Does your facility have requirements regarding IQ? ☒ Yes ☐ No Nursing care is available at all times. Nurses are assigned to units based on applicable regulations. Nursing care is available at all times. Nurses are assigned to units based on applicable regulations. If yes, please explain. Devereux League City typically serves individuals with intellectual functioning at or above the borderline range. However, every referral is assessed individually to determine fit based on a holistic understanding of the individual, including intellectual and adaptive functioning. What is the average length of stay for For AK Medicaid Recipients? Other State’s Medicaid Tricare/Other Insured? the facility overall? 12-18 months Recipients? NA 12-18 months 12-18 months Are you anticipating change to your program? If yes, please describe. Click here to type ☐ Yes ☒ No Is the facility locked or unlocked? ☒ Locked ☐ Unlocked Is the facility secure? ☒ Yes ☐ No Client's who are diagnosed with FASD are usually diagnosed with FASD Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and prior to entering our program. However, a comprehensive assessment treating children and youth with FASD. What kind of training do is completed upon admission. A medical and physical exam are your staff receive (include milieu as well as clinical staff). completed in addition to collecting family and developmental history. If FASD is suspected, a neuropsychiatiric assessment is completed. Individualized programming is developed for the diverse populations that Devereux serves. The Master Treatment Plan for a client with FASD is developed from a multi-disciplinary approach with the input of the client and family. The Clinicians provide inservice to our Direct Support Staff to educate, provide materials, and review treatment approache Page |2 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and treating children and youth with extensive trauma histories. What kind of training do your staff receive (include milieu as well as clinical). Identify your trauma treatment approach and describe the approach regarding staff training and Evidence Based Practices. The Devereux Foundation has published Best Practice Guidelines on Trauma Informed Care. Our clinicians are trained on Trauma Informed Care (T.I.C.) and Trauma-Informed Cognitive Behavioral Therapy. All staff members attend annual trainings on T.I.C. Thorough Biopsychosocial information is gathered during client and family interview and from previous placements or clinical professionals. The Trauma Symptom Checklist for Children standardized assessment is utilized to identify children and youth with extensive trauma histories. To treat a child or youth identified with extensive trauma, traumafocused psychotherapies are used. Again, the Master Treatment Plan and the Crisis Management plan is developed from a multi-disciplinary approach and is individualized to address an identified trauma history. Our Clinician's give regular inservices about Trauma Informed Care to our direct care staff. Please describe your facility’s approach to secondary trauma in staff (for example, stress resulting from helping or wanting to help a traumatized or suffering person). Specialty Populations All staff complete Texas Department of Family and Protective Services Trauma-Informed Care Training that addresses secondary trauma in staff. Devereux encourages staff to maintain a work/life balance by offering weeks of benefit time. Devereux sends out Health and Wellness emails and designs staff activities promoting eating healthy and being active. Employees have access to Carebridge EAP as a stress management and therapeutic resource. Please check all specialty populations this What training does staff receive for this population? facility serves. ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders (High Functioning and Asperger’s) NOTE: Facilities with this specialty must complete Section B Click here to type ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders (severe/low functioning) NOTE: Facilities with this specialty must complete Section B Page |3 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Sexualized behaviors: ☐ Sexually reactive (e.g. response to trauma) ☐ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. resulting from cognitive or neuro-behavioral issues) ☐ Sexually offending: ☐ adjudicated/ ☐ nonadjudicated ☐ Eating Disorder ☒ Other 18-22 year old men and women Excluded Populations Click here to type Staff members are trained on patient rights, informed consent, focus on life skills and vocational skills training. Click here to type ☐ Other Click here to type Please check all populations excluded from this facility. ☐ Sexually reactive (e.g. response ☐ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. to trauma) resulting from cognitive or neurobehavioral issues) Sexually offending: ☐ adjudicated/ ☐ nonadjudicated ☐ Eating Disorder ☐ Psychosis ☐ Physical Aggression ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders ☐ Self-injurious behaviors (severe/low functioning) (high functioning/Asperger’s) ☐ Suicidal ideation/attempts ☐ Elopement Risk ☐ Fire setting ☐ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type Comments: Devereux-League City carefully considers every referral sent to us. Clients who have been referred to Devereux with a history of sexually acting out behaviors, eating disorders, fire setting behaviors and those on the Autism Spectrum are closely reviewed for severity of behaviors and level of functioning. Page |4 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 What type of behavior management program do you use? Please name the program and describe the training. The concepts and structure of D-PBIS are integrated into the R.I.S.E. Program that: 1) Provides clear, well-defined campus-wide values and expectations for all clients and staff; 2) Provides a framework for teaching expectations to all clients and measuring their success; 3) Provides specific lesson plans for all staff to assist in teaching behavioral expectations; 4) Provides incentives and positive acknowledgement for all who live and work at Devereux; and 5) Allows us to collect data and make data-driven decisions. Do you do functional behavior assessments? If so, please describe your approach. If not, how do you assess the function of behaviors in your populations? List types of safety monitoring used (e.g., staff observation, video cameras). Deverux Functional Behavior Assessments are conducted by our Board-Certified Behavior Analyst. The BCBA works with the treatment teams to integrate the results of the FBA into the individualized treatment plans. How does the facility assure access to appropriate medical and dental care? Does the facility use timeout? ☒ Yes ☐ No Clients are monitored by staff 24:7. Our clients are monitored by our staff according to the client's level of supervision, ranging from face-to-face monitoring to periodic visual checks dependent upon a client's safety needs. Staff monitor our clients during school hours, during meal times, during acitivities (on and off campus) and during sleep hours. Level of supervision is increased or decreased depending on the client's safety or therapeutic need. Our clients are seen for a history and physical within 24 hours by a contracted physician. A thorough nursing assessment is also completed at admission. A dental appointment is required within 30 days of admission unless documentation is provided indicating a dental appointment has occurred within the last 6 months. If Yes, under what conditions? If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? If a client takes a time out, a staff member A time out is always voluntary. A time out can be taken independently or can be suggested by completes face-to-face monitoring of that client. The client can voluntarily leave the a staff member as a way to cope. time out room at any time. Staff take actions to assist the client to integrate back into activities. Page |5 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Does the facility use seclusion? ☒ Yes ☐ No If Yes, under what conditions? Does the facility use restraints? ☒ Yes ☐ No If Yes, under what conditions? The facility does use seclusion when all other Safe and Positive Approaches (SPA) are not successful and the client is a danger to themselves or to someone else. The facility does use physical restraint when all other Safe and Positive Approaches (SPA) are not successful and the client is a danger to themselves or to someone else. If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? If a client is secluded, a staff member completes face-to-face monitoring the entire length of the seclusion. A face-to-face evaluation by a psychiatrist or a trained registered nurse is completed within one hour of the initiation of the seclusion. Reasonable measures are implemented by staff to de-escalate and promote selfcontrol. Regularly scheduled meals and bathroom breaks are provided. Once the client has calmed and seclusion stopped, the client is debriefed on the reason for seclusion, a nursing assessment is complete and the client can return to regular programming. Notification to guardians and funding agencies are made. If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? If a client is restrained, only SPA approved techniques are utillized. The client is monitored by a nurse during the restraint for proper positioning, breathing, and any other medical concerns. Consideration for clients who have extreme trauma histories is exercised. A face-to-face evaluation by a psychiatrist is completed within one hour of the restraint. Following the restraint, a client is debriefed on the reason for restraint and a nursing assessment is completed. Notification to guardians and funding agencies are made. Page |6 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How are facility staff trained regarding seclusion and the use of restraint? Please describe initial staff training as well as the follow up training process. The direct care staff are initially trained during classroom orientation in Safe & Positive Approaches and Emergency Behavior Interventions: Restraint & Seclusion Guidelines. Annual training in Safe & Positive Approaches is completed during an eight-hour recertification course. The EBI: Restraint & Seclusion Guidelines are also taught annually. Additional topics on EBIs are trained to staff every six months per licensing requirements. How frequently are individual and facility seclusion and restraint data reviewed, and by whom? Individual Facility Under what conditions and for what kind of events do you report “incidents” to Alaska Behavioral Health? Individual Facility Each Restraint and Seclusion is reviewed by supervisory staff after each occurrence. Clients who require the intervention with increased frequency (by set criteria) are reviewed in accordance with criteria for "Trigger" reviews. Seclusion and restraint data is reviewed by the Treatment Team and by the Director of Nursing. Our facility reports death, sucide, allegation of sexual abuse, harm to self or others, serious injury/illness, use of seclusion or restraint, unapproved absence over 10 hours, medication error requiring medical attention, law enforcement involvement, violation of condition of probation, allegation of criminal conduct. Knowledge or suspicion of abuse, neglect, misappropriation of funds or property of recipients of services. Seclusion and restraint data is reviewed monthly by QM, Leadership and Operations committees. Fire or other disaster, unplanned change in administration. Does your program use aggregate progress If Yes, please describe. Click here to type data for overall quality improvement? ☒ Yes ☐ No STRUCTURE AND SUPERVISION Page |7 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Would you characterize the level of structure and supervision provided by your program as low, moderate or high? High Describe how the level or intensity of supervision may vary across youth. Is the level of supervision based on individual risk and/or therapeutic need? ☒ Yes ☐ No What are the characteristics that would promote or prevent pairing of recipients as roommates? What is the safety monitoring policy/procedure for determining the assignment of roommates? What happens when characteristics of concern come to light, and how is a roommate change made owing to these characteristics? What safety monitoring practices are applicable during the day? At night? Please explain your rating. Our program provides 24:7 staffing to support our clients. We have locked programs. Structure is built into our program to help the clients regulate time, schooling, activities, therapies, and sleep. Nurses charge each unit and provide medical support. Unit supervisors oversee the milieu programming and clinicians offer therapeutic support in the form of individual, family and group therapies. As clients progress through their treatment programs, they may choose to opt out of some programming. Also, our clients may participate in more activities on and off campus as they increase in our phase and level system. Please explain. All clients are assessed at admission and on an ongoing basis, thereafter, for the presence of risk factors that indicate a need for increased level of supervision and monitoring. The client will be assigned to the level of supervision appropriate to the level of risk identified with immediate implementation of additional precautionary measures as necessary to meet the client’s safety needs. 2. Based on the safety needs assessed, each client is assigned to a level of supervision (LOS) congruent with the level of risk identified. Each LOS is defined by an intensity of observation and monitoring necessary to provide ongoing safety in daily activities and during sleep hours. The clinical team determines room assignment based on gender, age (the clients must be within 2 years age range of each other unless the clients are over the age of 18), level of functioning, level of supervision, and safety. The staff monitoring procedure for determining the assignment of roommates is based on the criteria listed above. The clinical team considers the reason for change, client characteristics, and clinical appropriateness when considering new roommates. The clients are monitored according to their level of supervision with the exception of during sleeping hours. All clients are monitored at 15 minute checks during sleeping hours. Page |8 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 EDUCATION SERVICES Please indicate what types of educational ☒ On Site School ☐ Day Treatment ☐ Outpatient Services services the facility provides. ☐ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type Comments: The Educational Services Program at Devereux League City includes both educational and pre-vocational programs. The program includes grades 6-12, serving students who have been designated emotionally disturbed, learning disabled, or requiring special education services. Curriculum is designed and based on current needs as indicated by strengths and deficits reported in multi disciplinary assessments. An appropriate curriculum is determined for each student based upon the student’s IEP, a review of pre-admission school reports and assessments, and the results of KTEA II (Kaufman Test of Educational Achievement). Children receive services in the least restrictive setting necessary to meet the child’s needs and abilities.Clients attend school on campus with their assigned unit. Educational Services are individualized to meet the client’s needs. Communication with school districts occurs regularly. An Individualized Education Plan drives Please describe how you communicate the placement in the program in many situations. The Case Coordinators, members of the with school districts. How do you ensure communication with home-based schools? individuals Treatment Team, is the liason between Devereux and the school districts. School districts are notified of progress in the treatment program and any incidents that occur with an individual in the program. The school districts are invited to participate in monthly treatment reviews and the districts receive updates on a client's progress via written quarterly reports. AdvancED (formerly Southern Association of Colleges and Schools) Educational Accreditation Does your program accept school credits from other schools or programs? ☒ Yes ☐ No TREATMENT PLANNING AND REVIEW Page |9 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Who participates in regular treatment team meetings? Please check each regular (at least monthly) participant in treatment review/planning. ☒ Psychiatrist ☐Pediatrician ☒Nurse ☐Pharmacist ☐Other Medical (please list): Click here to type ☐ Physical Therapist ☐ Speech Therapist ☐ Occupational Therapist ☐ Dietitian ☐ Psychologist ☒ LCSW ☒ Behavior Analyst ☒ Other Clinician (name, credentials): Clinician’s credentials include LPC, LCSW, LMSW, LMFT ☒ School Representative (name, role): Special education teacher ☒ Milieu (name, role): Unit Supervisor, Case Coordinator How does your program involve the family in treatment, keep them informed of their child’s progress, and prepare them for step-down as part of the discharge process? Our RISE program promotes movement toward less structure and more independence, thus preparing clients for a lower level of care as they advance through the program. Our program model supports family involvement via interaction during personal phone time and visitations and in bimonthly family therapy sessions that focus on reunification. Case Coordinators are instrumental members of the team who facilitate communication with family members. Family members are viewed as part of the client team and families participate in Treatment Team Meetings. Progress updates are communicated through phone calls, monthly team reviews, and written quarterly progress reports. Guardians receive reports of incidents within 24 hours. Discharge planning begins at day one with the family and client participation in the initial discharge planning process and planning continues until discharge. All members of the team are involved in the discharge planning process. P a g e | 10 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How does your program identify/assess the function of challenging behaviors? How does your program measure progress on treatment plan goals and objectives (e.g., subjective report, phase/level progress/specific data points)? Does your facility employ a privilege/level system? ☒ Yes ☐ No The family and the client are involved in the development of the treatment plan, crisis management plan, and biopsychosocial assessment. High risk behaviors are identified and treatment goals and interventions are written to address the behaviors. The psychiatrist, along with the team, continuously monitors the function of the challenging behaviors and assigns precautions to monitor behaviors (i.e. assault precautions, self mutilation precautions, suicide precautions, elopement precautions). The Treatment Team reviews progress toward treatment goals every 30 days. Progress is measured using our Phase/Level program and multi-disciplinary reports. The Treatment Team may decide that a Functional Behavioral Analysis is appropriate for select clients. From assessment nad FBAs, a behavior support plan is developed. If Yes, on what basis do recipients earn privileges or improved level status? The R.I.S.E. Program is broken down into 4 phases: Commitment, Learning, Practice, and Role Model. Privileges are earned as clients learn new skills and progress through the program phases. Staff members assist clients with learning new skills. Desired skills are customized to different settings (e.g. school, afternoon activities, dining hall) to mimic the diversity of behavioral demands experienced in natural environments. Under what circumstances, if any, is the level system modified? The interdisciplinary treatment team may individualize the client’s program to optimize therapeutic gains and progress toward meeting treatment goals. TREATMENT P a g e | 11 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Below, please list (separately) your facility’s Treatment Approaches/Evidence Based Practices/Promising Practices/treatment orientations (e.g., SPARCS, Resiliency Framework, Social Stories, Nurtured Heart, Mentalization, etc). Research Support For each approach listed on the left, please identify the relevant staff training/credentials or cite the professional literature used to guide these approaches. Staff Training How are staff oriented to the items listed? Describe if/how administrative, clinical and milieu staff receive orientation, training and ongoing supervision. P a g e | 12 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Guidelines for the Treatment of Children and Adolescents with Major Depression *Devereux’s Best Practice Guidelliness and recent revisions have been developed in concert with the APA’s (2002a,b) criteria for developing best practices and evaluating treatment guidelines, as well as internal systems such as standards of care, clinical training models, supervision and consultation, and CQI. In an effort to emphasize the importance of training, supervision and consultation in the support of Best Practices, Devereux maintains online clinical and direct care trainings which are available to all Devereux employees. Examples of clinical training modules include “Writing Strengths and Needs Statements”, “Treatment Planning”, and “Functional Behavioral Assessment”. In addition, Devereux’s Office of Clinical Affairs provides individual case consultation as well as program support for evaluation, program development, and consumer outcome studies. Ongoing supervision occurs with Clinical and Medical Peer Reviews. Clinical staff complete inservices to educate Direct Care Professionals about Best Practice Guidelines. P a g e | 13 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Guidelines for the Treatment of Children and Adolescents with Disruptive Behavior Disorders *Devereux’s Core Values are reflected in the BPGs: Encouragement of an interdisciplinary team approach, support of innovative and effective solutions, aspirations of enhanced personal and professional staff development, and emphasis on the value of family and community in service delivery. Treatment of Substance Use Disorders Treatment for substance abuse disorders is provided by a Licensed Chemical Dependency Counselor. Annual training hours must be in areas appropriate to the client population in our care. Topics include, but are not limited to: nonviolent crisis intervention, restraint, seclusion, admission authorization, client intake & screening, physical and emotional developmental stages, effective communication, constructive guidance and discipline, fostering selfesteem, positive interaction, prevention and spread of communicable disease, safety practice, supervision and strategies and techniques for working with our population. New hire orientation for direct care providers complete instructor led competency -based training for Introduction to Substance Abuse Disorders. P a g e | 14 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Trauma Informed Care http://mentalhealth.samhsa.gov/nctic/trauma.asp DFPS Trauma Informed Care Training National Child Traumatic Stress Network National Crime Victims Research and Treatment Center T.I.C. is embedded into the following trainings: Orientation Introduction: Initial discussion about the type of individuals that we work with and their resiliency. Ethics – Overview: Explains abuse, neglect and exploitation and how employees should respond should they become aware of these traumatic events on campus or with our individuals. Wellness and Benefits: Includes instructions to access our EAP and emphasizes the resources available to them for assistance with dealing with stressors to prevent greater issues such as Compassion Fatigue. Preventing Sexual Incidents: This includes discussions of appropriate interactions and behaviors of sexually traumatized individuals.Age Specific Growth and Development: Discusses the reasons that individuals may not be physically, emotionally, cognitively on par with peers (trauma is one of them).Safe & Positive Approaches: Trauma reactions are discussed in almost every aspect of the curriculum, both the prevention piece and during the physical portion. P a g e | 15 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Does your facility employ or contract Name and credential(s) of behavior specialist (if the individual does not have a BCBA, with a behavior specialist (behavioral please provide a description of the person’s training in behavior analysis). psychologist or BCBA) on the Rose Filteau, BCBA treatment team or staff? ☒ Yes ☐ No For each of the following professions/licenses, please answer the questions to the right. How does your facility ensure that Is this professional a staff If on contract, under what these professionals’ treatment member? Full or part time? circumstances is this recommendations are professional involved in implemented and consistently treatment and planning? followed? Dietitian The treating physician may order a Contract As needed, as determined dietary consult. In these cases, the by the treating physician dietitian collaborates with nursing staff and dining hall staff to ensure that the client’s dietary needs are met. Occupational Therapist For individuals receiving Contract As needed, as determined occupational therapy, the OT by the school and/or collaborates with the treatment physician team and education staff to implement recommendations. Speech/Language Pathologist For individuals receiving Contract As needed, as determined speech/language pathology, the by the school and/or SLP collaborates with the physician treatment team and education staff to implement recommendations. P a g e | 16 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Other Medical (e.g., GI, Sleep) Dental Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Contract As determined by the physician Other Each client sees the dentist on a biannual basis. Nursing staff implement recommendations as necessary. Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type PSYCHOTHERAPY MODELS Please identify the psychotherapeutic models (e.g., CBT, DBT) used at your facility, by population Model Population Trauma-Focused Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Adolescents Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Adolescents Interpersonal Therapy Adolescents Dialectical Behavior Therapy Adolescents Click here to type Family Therapy What are your expectations regarding family therapy? Clinical Supervision Describe how a professional provides clinical oversight to the program. How many hours/week? Click here to type Devereux hopes that the client and family/guardian will enter into a partnership to make a commitment to help empower the client to make changes in their life. Family Therapy is typically held bi-monthly for 60 minute sessions. Director of Clinical Services provides supervision of therapists employeed and contracted by Devereux. Two clinicians are officed on each unit to provide oversight of the milieu. P a g e | 17 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Crisis Supports How does the program assure access to the appropriate care for clients in crisis situation? Devereux Texas Treatment Network offers reasonable care in determining whether an emergency exists, renders life-saving first aid, and makes appropriate referral to the nearest facilities that are capable of providing emergency medical services. In addition, it is the responsibility of the Facility to plan for client safety and management during a crisis, notify all concerned parties, and plan for the short-term and long-term emotional responses to a crisis situation. The Crisis Response Plan shall be reviewed and modified annually and/or whenever there are significant program or staff changes. Skill Development Please describe how your facility helps recipients develop the Methods/Interventions/Programs following: Interpersonal skills Clients are taught skills in many different ways, settings/environments, and through servicesthat are provided at Devereux like school; individual, group and family therapy; substanceuse counseling; recreation activities; nursing and psychiatric services; community and staffled groups. Self-Regulation Participation in The RISE program helps determine what responsibilities and privileges a client will have in the program. As a client learns new skills and becomes more responsible in making daily choices, a client will earn rewards and privileges. The staff help the client to identifiy and utilize coping skills. Daily Living The program is structured for clients to learn how to complete timely hygiene, attend school/work, complete room care and laundry, learn meal preparation, learn money management, and learn good sleep hygiene. Communication Daily social and recreational activities are offered for learning appropriate peer interaction. Staff work with the clients to help them talk about and better manage their feelings. Other Click here to type Please describe how your facility helps the The clients practice skills with their family during family visitation, during family therapy recipient generalize these skills to their and during home visits. Clients are offered opportunities to volunteer in the home environment. community and attend social activities off campus to practice their learned skills in the community. P a g e | 18 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 DAILY SCHEDULE Please describe the daily schedule. How are transitions (to meals, school, activities, etc.) managed? How are meals managed (e.g., preparation, clean-up)? Please describe the types of recreational activities available to recipients. The clients rise between 7am and 8am and complete hygiene. Between 8am and 9am, clients attend community group and eat breakfast. Clients attend school from 9am to 3:15pm with an hour lunch break. The clients return to the unit following school. From 3:15 to 3:45, clients relax after school and prepare for 3:45pm community group. From 4pm - 5pm clients participate in an activity (physical, church, leisure)as scheduled. From 5pm - 6pm, clients eat dinner in the cafeteria. From 6pm - 7pm, clients partiicpate in a scheduled activity (physical or leisure). From 7pm - 8pm, clients participate in a leisure activity and eat snack. From 8pm - 9pm, clients complete evening hygiene and prepare for bed. 9pm - 10pm - clients are in bed. The staff report the schedule and expectations for the shift in community groups. Clients are invited to participate in each activity. When clients line up, staff again let the clients know what the activity is and what the expectations are. Cycle menus for the cafeteria are planned by Dietitian, according to acceptable rules for planning a balanced, appealing menu and are influenced by patient food preferences. Meals are prepared by trained food and nutrition staff and served buffet-style in the cafeteria or served by tray on the unit. Unit personnel will assist food service staff unloading delivered meals. Food and Nutrition staff and employed clients clean dishes, trays and tables following meals. On-Site Activities: Off-Site Activities: Basketball, volleyball, soccer, biking, Movies, shopping, out to eat, sports canoeing, swimming, board games, games, parades, beach, community movies, holiday celebrations, cooking, volunteering at resale shops and animal exercise, football, softball, birthday shelters, zoo, charity events parties, etc. DISCHARGE PLANNING AND POST-TREATMENT P a g e | 19 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 When does discharge planning begin? Who is responsible for discharge planning at your facility? What percentage of your recipients return to: Do you do any follow up to learn what happens with your recipients after they discharge from your facility? ☒ Yes ☐ No The treatment team begins identifying discharge supports and services at the time of admission. The attending physician has the responsibility for ensuring the discharge planning process in cooperation with other members directing the multidisciplinary treatment team. Discharge planning begins upon admission for all patients. Family, legal guardian or significant others shall be involved in the discharge planning process. Therapeutic Foster Care: Click here to type Foster Care: Click here to type Family: Click here to type Group Home: Click here to type Corrections: Click here to type Independent Living: Click here to type If Yes, please describe your findings. Past data has shown that 58 percent of clients remain in a traditional school setting and that 23% quit school after discharge. 14% of those clients remaining in school are in college programs. Rates of substance use remain very low with approximately 20% of clients using drugs after discharge. Approximately half those report other social problems related to their substance use. Approximately 50% of clients report being engaged in leisure or recreational activities. Please use the space below for further comments regarding your facility. Click here to type P a g e | 20 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Section B AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDERS QUESTIONNAIRE Click here to type Please provide additional information regarding the characteristics of the recipients with ASD for whom you can provide specialized treatment (e.g., ASD with IQ under 70, ASD with IQ over 70, Asperger’s disorder, etc.). Please be specific, especially regarding developmental age and/or IQ requirements. Please check each box that corresponds with aspects of treatment at your facility that are listed below. These elements, other than CBT as discussed below, are described in “Practice Parameter for the Assessment of Children and Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder”, Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Feb 2014. Do you have screening If Yes, please list the tools(s) by name and/or send copies. Click here to type mechanisms for ASD that includes questions about ASD and symptomatology? ☐ Yes ☐ No Click here to type What diagnostic evaluation/assessment process do you use? Please check all ☐ Family interviews that are included: ☐ Review of past records ☐Consideration of DSM-V criteria ☐History, including educational and behavioral interventions ☐ Differential diagnosis ☐ Observation ☐ Specific Tools (please identify): Click here to type For each of the following elements, please use the drop down menu to indicate whether it is included in your multidisciplinary assessment of children with ASD. If you indicate “as needed,” please describe what would prompt an assessment. P a g e | 21 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Click here to type Physical Exam Choose an answer Click here to type Screening for Choose an answer Gastrointestinal Problems Click here to type Hearing Screen Choose an answer Choose an answer Click here to type Examination for Signs of Tuberous Sclerosis Click here to type Genetic Testing Choose an answer Click here to type Consideration of Choose an answer Unusual Features Click here to type Psychological Assessment Choose an answer (cognitive and adaptive) Click here to type Communication Choose an answer Assessment Click here to type Occupational Therapy Choose an answer Assessment Click here to type Physical Therapy Choose an answer Assessment Click here to type Sleep Assessment Choose an answer Please indicate which evidence-based and structured educational and behavioral interventions are in use at your facility by checking the box in the left hand column as well as answering the additional questions in the right hand column, as applicable. Is ABA used in school? ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Is ABA used in ☐ Yes ☐ No residential? Is ABA in treatment ☐ Yes ☐ No plan? What credentials does Click here to type your ABA specialist have? P a g e | 22 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 ☐ Alternative Communication Modalities Click here to type Is this person on the treatment team? Click here to type Is this person a contractor or staff member? Please identify (e.g., Picture Exchange Communication System, sign language, assistive technologies, visual schedules, etc.) ☐ Pragmatic Language skills training ☐ Social Skills training Please describe and/or identify the program or supporting literature. ☐ Education If structured educational models are used, please identify. ☐ Other Please describe. Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Please answer the following questions. Are there medications that you If yes, please identify. typically use with this population? Click here to type ☐ Yes ☐ No Click here to type Please describe your facility’s approach to the use of medication with children and youth with ASD. Do you inquire about the use of Please explain. Click here to type complementary/alternative treatments? ☐ Yes ☐ No P a g e | 23 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 What staff person/people are familiar with the literature regarding best/evidence-based practices for this population? Under what circumstances, and/or what are the characteristics of recipients with ASD with whom your facility uses Cognitive Behavioral Therapy? Who are the regular treatment team members for the children with ASD in your care? Please identify by name, role and credentials. Click here to type Click here to type Please identify by name, role and credentials. Click here to type For facilities that provide treatment for individuals with Asperger’s Disorder or individuals with ASD who do not experience Intellectual Disabilities, please answer the following question: Click here to type Please describe your approach to treatment and any interventions that are employed specifically for this population. Please also provide information about the research that supports this approach with this population. Please use the space below for additional comments. Click here to type P a g e | 24 Devereux Texas Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 P a g e | 25 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 This form was first introduced in 2013, and has been modified in this (2016) version. All Psychiatric Residential Treatment Facilities (PRTF) that contract with Alaska Medicaid are required to complete this Section A. Facilities that indicate Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) as a specialty are also required to complete Section B. The form will be posted on a website in order to be available to families, providers and guardians who are considering placement in a PRTF for a child. If you facility has more than one Alaska Medicaid provider number, please complete one form for each. Use the tab key to move to each new section. Please complete this form and return via email to: akbehavioralhealth@qualishealth.org Section A FACILITY INFORMATION Name and title of person completing this form Date completed Contact number Site/Cottage/Facility Name Address Julie Williamson, M.A., Residential Program manager February 8, 2016 541-747-1235 Jasper Mountain Center 37875 Jasper Lowell Rd., Jasper, OR 97426 GENERAL OVERVIEW Accreditation Body COA Indicate which gender(s) you serve and the applicable age range and number of licensed beds below Age Range # of Licensed Beds 3-13 10 (Although not specifically licensed by gender, we ☒Males attempt to keep the milieu balanced) 3-13 10 (Although not specifically licensed by gender, we ☒Females attempt to keep the milieu balanced) Click here to type Click here to type ☐Other Describe your client:staff ratio and how it is calculated for the following: Nursing Milieu Comments Click here to type Day 1:20 1:3 HOME PRINT Page |1 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Evening Night 1:20 1:20 1:3 1:10 Click here to type Awake staff while children are sleeping and 3 back-up staff on property Does your facility have requirements regarding IQ? If yes, please explain. We generally do not accept children with IQ’s lower than 70 unless it ☒ Yes ☐ No appears that low IQ is the result of trama. What is the average length of stay for For AK Medicaid Recipients? Other State’s Medicaid Tricare/Other Insured? the facility overall? 12-18 months Recipients? 12-18 months 12-18 months 12-18 months Are you anticipating change to your program? If yes, please describe. Click here to type ☐ Yes ☒ No Is the facility locked or unlocked? ☐ Locked ☒ Unlocked Is the facility secure? ☒ Yes ☐ No Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and Children with elements of FASD/ARND are admitted if their treating children and youth with FASD. What kind of training do cognitive functioning is borderline or above. Identification is your staff receive (include milieu as well as clinical staff). often noticed before admission but if not we do a complete psychiatric and psychological assessment with as much information on early development as possible. Staff receive training within and outside of the organization on adjustments to children who are drug and alcohol affected. Most of the training is child specific due to the many other comorbid issues that are often linked to drug and alcohol impacts. Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and Most children referred are known to have had childhood trauma, treating children and youth with extensive trauma histories. however, a fuller trauma history often comes out in our What kind of training do your staff receive (include milieu as well programs. We do a complete trauma history, then use projective as clinical). Identify your trauma treatment approach and techniques as well as individual and group trauma interventions describe the approach regarding staff training and Evidence children both within the organizations and external training. Our Based Practices. expertise in trauma treatment goes back three decades and our innovative approaches are included in several published books. Page |2 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe your facility’s approach to secondary trauma in staff (for example, stress resulting from helping or wanting to help a traumatized or suffering person). Specialty Populations We have a significant percentage of staff who have been through trauma themselves. In our initial training, we encourage staff to self monitor. Ongoing, we encourage them to take issues to their supervisor. We have trainers that spot individuals that are struggling with the contents. We have training that includes selfreflection. We have a mission statement where the health of our staff is mentioned. Please check all specialty populations this What training does staff receive for this population? facility serves. Click here to type ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders (High Functioning and Asperger’s) NOTE: Facilities with this specialty must complete Section B Click here to type ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders (severe/low functioning) NOTE: Facilities with this specialty must complete Section B Sexualized behaviors: Initial and on-going mental health training, as well as, ☒ Sexually reactive (e.g. response to trauma) specific NRT protocol training based on individual children and behaviors. ☐ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. resulting from cognitive or neuro-behavioral issues) ☒ Sexually offending: ☒ adjudicated/ ☒ nonadjudicated ☐ Eating Disorder ☒ Other Attachment Disorder Click here to type Initial and on-going mental health training, as well as, specific NRT protocol training based on individual children and behaviors. Page |3 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Initial and on-going mental health training, as well as, specific NRT protocol training based on individual children and behaviors. Please check all populations excluded from this facility. Sexually offending: ☐ Sexually reactive (e.g. response ☒ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. to trauma) resulting from cognitive or neuro- ☐ adjudicated/ ☐ nonbehavioral issues) adjudicated ☒ Other Trauma/Abuse Excluded Populations ☐ Eating Disorder ☒ Psychosis ☐ Physical Aggression ☒ Autism Spectrum Disorders ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders ☐ Self-injurious behaviors (severe/low functioning) (high functioning/Asperger’s) ☐ Suicidal ideation/attempts ☐ Elopement Risk ☐ Fire setting ☐ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type Comments: Our program does not automatically screen out Intellectual/Development Disabilities, Autism Spectrum Disorder, or Psychosis providing it is not the primary diagnosis. What type of behavior management Jasper Mountain uses the CPI (Crisis Prevention Institute) model of behavior program do you use? Please name the management. Agency trainers go through a three day course, and have to maintain 17 program and describe the training. hours of training per year. All program staff receive the initial CPI training which consists of 8 hour sfocused on crisis prevention, de-escalation, and management of assaultive behaviors. The staff are required to attend a CPI refresher course annually. We have 4 in-hourse certified CPI trainers. Do you do functional behavior Yes. We use pre- and post- instruments to assess level of functioning across assessments? If so, please describe your environments. In addition, we use a neuroreparative protocol to assess current approach. If not, how do you assess the functioning and developing a plan for continued progress. function of behaviors in your populations? Page |4 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 List types of safety monitoring used (e.g., staff observation, video cameras). How does the facility assure access to appropriate medical and dental care? Does the facility use timeout? ☐ Yes ☒ No Does the facility use seclusion? ☐ Yes ☒ No Does the facility use restraints? ☒ Yes ☐ No How are facility staff trained regarding seclusion and the use of restraint? Please describe initial staff training as well as the follow up training process. The standard of supervision is within visual sight and audio monitoring at all times unless asleep or in the restroom. At night we use laser beam monitoring with computerized sensors and a voice activated system and automatic microphones so staff are aware of all activity when the child is in bed. The level of supervision and sophistication of our monitoring allows us to admit children with the most severe aggressive and sexual risks. We have on site nursing and nurse’s assistants who coordinate with both pediatricians and dentists who serve our children. Routine screenings and appointments are coordinated for both medical and dental needs. Complete medical evaluations are done at intake, start of the school year and annual physicals. Dental exams are provided twice a year with any needed follow-up dental work. If Yes, under what conditions? If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? Click here to type Click here to type If Yes, under what conditions? If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? Click here to type Click here to type If Yes, under what conditions? When a child presents as a danger to themselves or others. If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? We comply with CPI, SAMSHA, and Oregon Administrative Rules on physical restraints including licensed authorization, well person checks, debriefing and reporting. Jasper Mountain does not use seclusion. Staff are trained in the use of restraint by the CPI model of crisis prevention and intervention techniques described above and all staff must be formally certified in physical interventions. Page |5 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How frequently are individual and facility seclusion and restraint data reviewed, and by whom? Individual Facility Individual restraint data is reviewed Facility restraint data is reviewed monthly monthly during the child’s Multiduring the monthly Quality Assurance disciplinary Review Meeting and during Meeting and every 90 days by the full the monthly Quality Assurance Meeting. Board of Directors. Under what conditions and for what kind Individual Facility of events do you report “incidents” to All incidents including serious injury or All incidents including serious injury or Alaska Behavioral Health? illness, any sexual acting between clients, illness, any sexual acting between clients, physical restraint and any unusual physical restraint and any unusual incidents are reported to Alaska incidents are reported to Alaska Behavioral Health. Behavioral Health. Does your program use aggregate progress If Yes, please describe. data for overall quality improvement? Annual pre and post data on seven assessment instruments. Children are tracked for five years beyond discharge on 21 factors of success. Ongoing data is collected by the ☒ Yes ☐ No Quality Assurance Committee for restraint useage, length of restraints, medication delivery, improvement at discharge, injuries of any kind, complaints of any kind, and consumer feedback. STRUCTURE AND SUPERVISION Would you characterize the level of structure and supervision provided by your program as low, moderate or high? High Please explain your rating. Jasper Mountain provides 24 hour supervision. Children are not out of staff’s sight except during showers/bathing, use of the restroom, and changing of clothes (alone in the room). The milieu is structured, and there is a set routine from the moment the children wake up to the moment they go to bed with technology monitoring in rooms during sleep hours to help awake staff supervise all children as well as every child visually checked every 15 minutes throughout the night. Page |6 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Describe how the level or intensity of supervision may vary across youth. All children receive the same level of supervision, however the intensity of supervision may increase if the child is having significant difficulty, presents as an added safety risk such as a sexual risk, or is in need of additional support due to emotional/behavioral dysregulation. Is the level of supervision based on Please explain. individual risk and/or therapeutic need? Both. Most of our children have demonstrated significant risk issues and therefore all children are closely supervised at all times. Over and above the general standard of ☒ Yes ☐ No supervision we have children due to therapeutic need who must have even more intensive supervision, for example risk of self harm after a parent’s rights have been terminated, risk to other children due to a reaction to a new medication, etc. What are the characteristics that would When pairing children as roommates, several factors are considered: age of the promote or prevent pairing of recipients as children, history of sexualized behavior, personality (dominant vs. timid), and gender. roommates? Children with sexualized bheaviors are not paired with any children more than 2 years younger/older. Children with a propensity for violence and/or bullying or intimidation are not paired with children who are easily victimized or intimidated. Children are separated by gender on different floors. Extra precautions are taken to insure that all children are safe. What is the safety monitoring Children are not in their bedrooms except for changing/chores, morning routines, and policy/procedure for determining the sleep. When more than one child is in their room, a staff member is also in the room. assignment of roommates? Each bedroom is equipped with a laser alarm that is turned on at bedtime, and monitors any movement that extends beyond the child’s bed. A speaker is activated when the alarm goes off which allows staff to hear any movement or sound. While children are asleep, night staff conduct room checks every 15 minutes to ensure that every child is asleep in their bed. Additional precautions in room assignments are made with the factors outlined in the previous question. Page |7 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 What happens when characteristics of concern come to light, and how is a roommate change made owing to these characteristics? What safety monitoring practices are applicable during the day? At night? EDUCATION SERVICES Please indicate what types of educational services the facility provides. Comments: Click here to type Please describe how you communicate with school districts. How do you ensure communication with home-based schools? Educational Accreditation Does your program accept school credits from other schools or programs? Monitoring notes are made for every child during every shift. Any concerns are immediately brought to the attention of program management staff. Room adjustments are discussed in an ongoing dialog and changes are made when called for to either provide maximum safety or therapeutic reason (pairing children as roommates to work on developing friendship skills). When characteristics of concern come to light, a roommate change is made immediately. The standard supervision (visual and auditory) ensure full monitoring of every child at all times. There is a combination of staff supervision and technology that monitors children throughout the night. Our standard of supervision has prevented essentially all safety and sexual risks among children, no elopements in memory, and a pattern of no risks during nighttime hours. ☒ On Site School ☒ Day Treatment ☒ Outpatient Services ☒ Other: Speech, OT, remedial subjects, hearing accomodations, sensory services ☐ Other: Click here to type We work closely with all school districts, local and out-of-state who cooperate in the education of children from in-state and out-of-state. We share information and reports, include the districts in discharge planning and invite them to review meetings on progress. Certified by the Oregon Department of Education, California Department of Education, Illinois Department of Education ☒ Yes ☐ No TREATMENT PLANNING AND REVIEW Page |8 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Who participates in regular treatment team meetings? Please check each regular (at least monthly) participant in treatment review/planning. How does your program involve the family in treatment, keep them informed of their child’s progress, and prepare them for step-down as part of the discharge process? How does your program identify/assess the function of challenging behaviors? ☒ Psychiatrist ☐Pediatrician ☒Nurse ☐Pharmacist ☐Other Medical (please list): Click here to type ☐ Physical Therapist ☐ Speech Therapist ☐ Occupational Therapist ☐ Dietitian ☒ Psychologist ☐ LCSW ☒ Behavior Analyst ☒ Other Clinician (name, credentials): Therapists ☒ School Representative (name, role): Click here to type ☒ Milieu (name, role): Residential Program Manager Parents assist in intake information and treatment planning and discharge criteria. Parents are involved in weekly family therapy by phone or teleconference. Parents participate in monthly full team meetings including school issues. Parents are invited to have on-site visits on a monthly basis or what works with their schedule. Parents are involved in determining length of stay. We have on-site accomodations for parents at no cost during visits to the Center. We track specific identified treatment issues that often include serious problem behaviors. We track physical aggression, incidents of self-harm, sexual behaviors and other issues, and depending on the treatment plan we may track disrespect, bullying, non-compliance, tantrums, and elimination issues such as enuresis. Page |9 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How does your program measure progress on treatment plan goals and objectives (e.g., subjective report, phase/level progress/specific data points)? Does your facility employ a privilege/level system? ☒ Yes ☐ No TREATMENT Below, please list (separately) your facility’s Treatment Approaches/Evidence Based Practices/Promising Practices/treatment orientations (e.g., SPARCS, Resiliency Framework, Social Stories, Nurtured Heart, Mentalization, etc). We measure progress on multiple measures. We use daily progress on achieving treatment objectives, we monitor serious behavior issues, we use standardized measures to measure improvement in attachment, social skills, communication and daily living skills, personal stability, and dozens of other measures are monitored. We do extensive monitoring depending upon the primary issues of the child. If Yes, on what basis do recipients earn Under what circumstances, if any, is the privileges or improved level status? level system modified? We have a system that is very different The level system is based on each child’s than most level systems. Children are individual treatment plan and is modified involved in developing individual based on age, developmental level, treatment objectives. They are rated cognitive ability and needs. multiple times per day on their own unique issues. The children who are struggling to meet their goals are on a status focusing on improvement. This is how we make sure that every child is aware each day why they are in a treatment program and what they need to be working on. Research Support For each approach listed on the left, please identify the relevant staff training/credentials or cite the professional literature used to guide these approaches. Staff Training How are staff oriented to the items listed? Describe if/how administrative, clinical and milieu staff receive orientation, training and ongoing supervision. P a g e | 10 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 CBT Anxiety; CBT Trauma Focused; CBT Child Sexual Abuse CBT in several forms have substantial literature and are listed by SAMSA as federally designated EBPs. Our licensed therapists have traiing in these areas. EMDR is a federally designated EBP. Our licensed therapists have extensive training in this approach. Used in specific individual therapy by licensed therapists. Information is provided to other staff to assist with overall integrated treatment. EMDR Child Only used in specific individual therapy by licensed therapists. Information is provided to other staff to assist with overall integrated treatment. Prolonged Exposure Therapy for PTSD Designated EBP, Licensed therapists have Specific individual and group therapy by been trained in this approach. licensed therapists. Information is shared with other staff in treatment roles. Solution Focused Brief Therapy Designated EBP, Licensed therapists have Used in specific individual therapy by been trained in this approach. licensed therapists. Information is provided to other staff to assist with overall integrated treatment. Treatment Foster Care Designated EBP Surgeon General’s Report This is a program within the agency with on Mental Health, this is a program within trained program staff who receive internal the organization and multiple staff have and external training and in-house extensive training. supervision by staff with extensive training and experience. Does your facility employ or contract with Name and credential(s) of behavior specialist (if the individual does not have a BCBA, a behavior specialist (behavioral please provide a description of the person’s training in behavior analysis). psychologist or BCBA) on the treatment We employ a number of highly trained and experienced behavior specialists: Dave team or staff? Ziegler, PhD Licensed Psychologyist, international behavioral expert and author of eight books, 44 years experience; Julie Williamson, MA Certified CPI behavioral trainer, 18 ☒ Yes ☐ No years behavior management experience; Three other CPI certified traind trainers or behavior management. For each of the following professions/licenses, please answer the questions to the right. P a g e | 11 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Dietitian How does your facility ensure that these professionals’ treatment recommendations are implemented and consistently followed? Recommendations are carried out by the agency nurse, nurse assistant or staff designee. Updates on progress are provided in a monthly written report to each child’s clinical team, with health issues also reflected in the monthly Individual Services & Support Plan, compiled by the child’s therapist/clinical case manager. Is this professional a staff member? Full or part time? If on contract, under what circumstances is this professional involved in treatment and planning? PT. Staff Click here to type P a g e | 12 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Occupational Therapist : If OT recommendations are applicable to the school setting, interventions are monitored by the child’s teacher/special education case manager. If OT recommendations fall outside of the school setting, the child’s therapist/clinical case manager ensures and monitors that these interventions are followed. Both educational and clinical domains are reviewed monthly at the child’s clinical team meeting, and noted in the child’s Individual Services & Support Plan (and in the Individual Educational Plan as applicable). PT. Contract the agency takes an multidisciplinary approach to treatment plan development, integrating recommendations by specialists providing input on each child’s case. Monthly clinical team meetings include opportunities to review recommendations of contracting specialists. Specialists are also welcome to attend meetings as needed, if additional communication is needed. The child’s therapist/case manager coordinates this input and discussion. P a g e | 13 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Speech/Language Pathologist Speech/Language interventions are generally carried out in the educational setting, with monitoring and reporting by the child’s teacher/educational case manager. Significant developments are also reflected in the child’s Individual Services & Support Plan, as well as noted in monthly contributions by the educational staff to the clinical team meetings. IEP goal progress is noted quarterly, and goals reassessed annually. PT. Contract. Other Medical (e.g., GI, Sleep) Recommendations are carried out by the agency nurse, nurse assistant or staff designee. Updates on progress are provided in a monthly written report to each child’s clinical team, with health issues also reflected in the monthly Individual Services & Support Plan, compiled by the child’s therapist/clinical case manager. Outpatient Provider the agency takes an multidisciplinary approach to treatment plan development, integrating recommendations by specialists providing input on each child’s case. Monthly clinical team meetings include opportunities to review recommendations of contracting specialists. Specialists are also welcome to attend meetings as needed, if additional communication is needed. The child’s therapist/case manager coordinates this input and discussion. : the agency takes an multidisciplinary approach to treatment plan development, integrating recommendations by specialists providing input on each child’s case. Monthly clinical team meetings include opportunities to review recommendations of contracting specialists. Specialists are also welcome to attend meetings as needed, if additional communication is needed. The child’s therapist/case manager coordinates this input and discussion. P a g e | 14 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Dental : Recommendations are carried out by the agency nurse, nurse assistant or staff designee. Updates on progress are provided in a monthly written report to each child’s clinical team, with health issues also reflected in the monthly Individual Services & Support Plan, compiled by the child’s therapist/clinical case manager. Outpatient Provider Other Click here to type Click here to type : the agency takes an multidisciplinary approach to treatment plan development, integrating recommendations by specialists providing input on each child’s case. Monthly clinical team meetings include opportunities to review recommendations of contracting specialists. Specialists are also welcome to attend meetings as needed, if additional communication is needed. The child’s therapist/case manager coordinates this input and discussion. Click here to type PSYCHOTHERAPY MODELS Please identify the psychotherapeutic models (e.g., CBT, DBT) used at your facility, by population Model Population Holistic integrated treatment including mind, body and spirit. All residents Diet, activity, education, coordination and strength physical development, learning how to work, getting along with others, morality and values weekly groups all integrated within the treatment for every child. Relationship based treatment to improve bonding and All residents where this is an issue. attachment. Intentive trauma treatment to address the impact of childhood All residents with a trauma history (nearly all). abuse. P a g e | 15 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Equestrian program to teach children respect and care of All residents. animals. Ten federally designated evidence based practices integrated Based upon the individual treatment needs of the children. within the program. Family Therapy What are your We provide weekly family therapy as well as more extended on-site family therapy expectations regarding family therapy? when parents visit our program. Clinical Supervision Describe how a We have multiple clinical supervisors. A licensed psychologist oversees all treatment. A professional provides clinical oversight to licensed clinical social worker supervises therapists. Two licensed marriage and famly the program. How many hours/week? therapists provide clinical supervision to other therapists. Clinical supervision is individual for an hour a week and group supervision for two hours every other week. Crisis Supports How does the program We have a National model Crisis Response Program where trained crisis teams are assure access to the appropriate care for available 24/7 to respond to a child/family crisis and respond to the home and provide clients in crisis situation? a crisis respite stay if needed for htree days. Skill Development Please describe how your facility helps recipients develop the Methods/Interventions/Programs following: Interpersonal skills Our program specializes in improving attachment through multiple methods including assignment personal mentors. Self-Regulation We focus all treatment plans on building the prefrontal cortex and executive functions such as regulation. Daily Living We optimize involvement in daily living including peer skills, chores, animal care, and we monitor normal living skills. Communication We do not have TV so children improve communiaion with contact with peers and adults throughout their day with training to effectively communicate with others. Outcome data reflects much improved communication. Other We also work on neuro-integration, improve self perceptions, disconfirmation of past negative roles, building neuro-pathways through mastery and practice enabling internal change or ‘changing the child from within.’ P a g e | 16 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe how your facility helps the recipient generalize these skills to their home environment. DAILY SCHEDULE Please describe the daily schedule. How are transitions (to meals, school, activities, etc.) managed? How are meals managed (e.g., preparation, clean-up)? Please describe the types of recreational activities available to recipients. We have children increasingly get experience in the larger community to generalize skills. One of the primary methods to do this is in the last phase of treatment where children are placed in trained treatment foster homes to take skills learned in the residence and apply theim in a family setting before returning home. School days (year round school) up at 7:30 am for breakfast and morning routines, 8:15 school, lunch 12:30, afternoon transition 2:30, check in group and chores 2:45, afternoon activity period to 5:30, dinner 5:30, after dinner activities to 7:45, evening group 8:00, bedtimes depend age and on meeting individualized personal goals for the day. Transitions are important and we have a schedule, the children are given reminders of the next step, staff oversee smooth movement to the next phase of the day. Many children are working on improving the ability to transition. Meals are planned by nutrition staff with our specialized diet of no artificial ingredients or processed food, meals are prepared by support staff, children eat in family style with treatment staff, individual children have chores to assist with set up and table cleaning. Clean up is done by support staff. On-Site Activities: Off-Site Activities: Riding and horsemanship in the on-site Winter swimmning at a local aquatics equestrian center. Running track fo rth center, old-growth forest hiking, erunning program, indoor courts for community fun runs, camping at the coast sports and games, swimming gon-site, and Cascade mountains, field trips to therapeutic recreation, hiking and daily athletic events and concerts, trips to the physical fun activities. Also arts and crafts coast, snow trips, movies, and much more. for recreation. P a g e | 17 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 DISCHARGE PLANNING AND POST-TREATMENT When does discharge planning begin? Prior to intake. Who is responsible for discharge planning The child care team is responsible for discharge with the case manager recommending at your facility? timeframes. Discharge planning begins at intake with goal setting and establishing measurable criteria for step down care. What percentage of your recipients return Therapeutic Foster Care: 30% to: Foster Care: 5% Family: 45% Group Home: 20% Corrections: None Independent Living: Too young Do you do any follow up to learn what If Yes, please describe your findings. happens with your recipients after they According to a recent national study we have the most extensive and longest followup discharge from your facility? in the US. Results indicate children improved within the program but are much better at 6 months than at discharge and improvements on 14 of 21 success factors are ☒ Yes ☐ No strengths at 1 year, 3 years and 5 years after discharge. Only 2 of 21 xuccess factors are a weakness overall at 5 years following discharge. Please use the space below for further comments regarding your facility. The program has 32 years of experience with the most challenging children in the United States, including many foreign born adopted children. We do not screen out any child due to difficult behavior and we do not discharge children due to the severity of behavior. Our pre and post outcome data on very difficult children indicates significant improvement overall and we follow up on all children for 5 years after discharge an dtrack 21 areas of functioning. Our data on 550 children indicates significant improvement overall and we follow up on all children for 5 years after discharge reflect very strong improvement in 16 of 21 success factors overall. Jasper Mountain is the subject of a 2013 award winning documentary ‘Once Upon a Mountain,’ that shows the lasting impact of the program’s Nerological Reparative Therapy approach on the children’s positive brain change. Jasper Mountain has a proven track record of accepting the most challenging children and the children reflect remarkable progress as a group. The Program is in a beautiful section of rural Oregon in the Cascade Mountains. The view from the Chiuldren’s residence spans over 50 miles of P a g e | 18 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 mountains and the Willamette Valley below. Many parents wonder if the Program could be as good as it sounds and most parents after treatment say it turned out even better than they hoped. Much more information and a virtual tour is available at www.jaspermountain.org. Section B AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDERS QUESTIONNAIRE Click here to type Please provide additional information regarding the characteristics of the recipients with ASD for whom you can provide specialized treatment (e.g., ASD with IQ under 70, ASD with IQ over 70, Asperger’s disorder, etc.). Please be specific, especially regarding developmental age and/or IQ requirements. Please check each box that corresponds with aspects of treatment at your facility that are listed below. These elements, other than CBT as discussed below, are described in “Practice Parameter for the Assessment of Children and Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder”, Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Feb 2014. Do you have screening If Yes, please list the tools(s) by name and/or send copies. Click here to type mechanisms for ASD that includes questions about ASD and symptomatology? ☐ Yes ☐ No Click here to type What diagnostic evaluation/assessment process do you use? P a g e | 19 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please check all ☐ Family interviews that are included: ☐ Review of past records ☐Consideration of DSM-V criteria ☐History, including educational and behavioral interventions ☐ Differential diagnosis ☐ Observation ☐ Specific Tools (please identify): Click here to type For each of the following elements, please use the drop down menu to indicate whether it is included in your multidisciplinary assessment of children with ASD. If you indicate “as needed,” please describe what would prompt an assessment. Click here to type Physical Exam Choose an answer Click here to type Screening for Choose an answer Gastrointestinal Problems Click here to type Hearing Screen Choose an answer Click here to type Examination for Signs Choose an answer of Tuberous Sclerosis Click here to type Genetic Testing Choose an answer Click here to type Consideration of Choose an answer Unusual Features Click here to type Psychological Assessment Choose an answer (cognitive and adaptive) Click here to type Communication Choose an answer Assessment Click here to type Occupational Therapy Choose an answer Assessment Click here to type Physical Therapy Choose an answer Assessment Click here to type Sleep Assessment Choose an answer Please indicate which evidence-based and structured educational and behavioral interventions are in use at your facility by checking the box in the left hand column as well as answering the additional questions in the right hand column, as applicable. P a g e | 20 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 ☐ Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Is ABA used in school? ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ Alternative Communication Modalities Is ABA used in ☐ Yes ☐ No residential? Is ABA in treatment ☐ Yes ☐ No plan? What credentials does Click here to type your ABA specialist have? Click here to type Is this person on the treatment team? Click here to type Is this person a contractor or staff member? Please identify (e.g., Picture Exchange Communication System, sign language, assistive technologies, visual schedules, etc.) ☐ Pragmatic Language skills training ☐ Social Skills training Please describe and/or identify the program or supporting literature. ☐ Education If structured educational models are used, please identify. ☐ Other Please describe. Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Please answer the following questions. Are there medications that you If yes, please identify. typically use with this population? Click here to type ☐ Yes ☐ No P a g e | 21 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe your facility’s approach to the use of medication with children and youth with ASD. Do you inquire about the use of complementary/alternative treatments? ☐ Yes ☐ No What staff person/people are familiar with the literature regarding best/evidence-based practices for this population? Under what circumstances, and/or what are the characteristics of recipients with ASD with whom your facility uses Cognitive Behavioral Therapy? Who are the regular treatment team members for the children with ASD in your care? Click here to type Please explain. Click here to type Please identify by name, role and credentials. Click here to type Click here to type Please identify by name, role and credentials. Click here to type For facilities that provide treatment for individuals with Asperger’s Disorder or individuals with ASD who do not experience Intellectual Disabilities, please answer the following question: P a g e | 22 Jasper Mountain Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe your approach to treatment and any interventions that are employed specifically for this population. Please also provide information about the research that supports this approach with this population. Click here to type Please use the space below for additional comments. Click here to type P a g e | 23 Lakemary Center, Inc. Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 This form was first introduced in 2013, and has been modified in this (2016) version. All Psychiatric Residential Treatment Facilities (PRTF) that contract with Alaska Medicaid are required to complete this Section A. Facilities that indicate Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) as a specialty are also required to complete Section B. The form will be posted on a website in order to be available to families, providers and guardians who are considering placement in a PRTF for a child. If you facility has more than one Alaska Medicaid provider number, please complete one form for each. Use the tab key to move to each new section. Please complete this form and return via email to: akbehavioralhealth@qualishealth.org Section A FACILITY INFORMATION Name and title of person completing this form Date completed Contact number Site/Cottage/Facility Name Address Dr. Courtnie Cain, Clinical Program Administrator February 19, 2016 913-557-4000 x 614 Lakemary Center, Inc. 100 Lakemary Drive, Paola, KS 66071 GENERAL OVERVIEW Accreditation Body CARF Indicate which gender(s) you serve and the applicable age range and number of licensed beds below Age Range # of Licensed Beds 6-21 65 total (not gender specific) ☒Males 6-21 65 total (not gender specific) ☒Females Click here to type Click here to type ☐Other Describe your client:staff ratio and how it is calculated for the following: Nursing Milieu Comments Day One nurse on campus 1:4 One nurse is available on campus throughout waking hours and on an on-call basis from 10:00 PM – 7:00 AM. HOME PRINT Page |1 Lakemary Center, Inc. Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Evening One nurse on campus 1:4 Night One nurse on call 1:10 Does your facility have requirements regarding IQ? ☒ Yes ☐ No Click here to type Click here to type If yes, please explain. We are a specialized facility providing treatment to children with intellectual and/or developmental disabilities coupled with psychiatric diagnoses. Either an intellectual or developmental disability needs to be present, and most individuals in our program have an IQ of 70 or lower. What is the average length of stay for For AK Medicaid Recipients? Other State’s Medicaid Tricare/Other Insured? the facility overall? 260.2 days Recipients? N/A 242 days 160.13 days Are you anticipating change to your program? If yes, please describe. We are looking at changing our state license type from Psychiatric ☒ Yes ☐ No Residential Treatment Facility (PRTF) to Secure Residential Treatment Facility (SRTF). This will not change our programming aspects, but is in response to changes within our state. Is the facility locked or unlocked? ☐ Locked ☒ Unlocked Is the facility secure? ☒ Yes ☐ No Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and Although we don't provide specialized treatment for FASD, if a treating children and youth with FASD. What kind of training do child also has an I/DD, we can provide treatment at Lakemary. All your staff receive (include milieu as well as clinical staff). staff are specifically oriented to each child admitted to Lakemary, prior to working with them.This orientation includes individually specific information related to the child's strengths, needs, preferences, support issues and individual goals and objectives. Page |2 Lakemary Center, Inc. Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and treating children and youth with extensive trauma histories. What kind of training do your staff receive (include milieu as well as clinical). Identify your trauma treatment approach and describe the approach regarding staff training and Evidence Based Practices. Please describe your facility’s approach to secondary trauma in staff (for example, stress resulting from helping or wanting to help a traumatized or suffering person). Specialty Populations Most all children served at Lakemary have extensive trauma histories. All staff have "Trauma Sensitive Care" training prior to working with children. Trauma sensitivity remains a primary focus in treatment planning and service delivery, both in the milieu and clinical treatment. It is a foundational principle in all service delivery at Lakemary. We provide stress management and secondary traumatic stress/compassion fatigue training to all new employees. We also review in Annual Risk Awareness training, which is required of every employee. We complete debriefings with staff after every safety incident and have made therapists available for processing with DSPs when necessary. All of our therapists receive weekly individual and group clinical supervision. Please check all specialty populations this What training does staff receive for this population? facility serves. All staff receive training training in basic diagnostic ☒ Autism Spectrum Disorders (High overview, basic behavioral approaches, and positive Functioning and Asperger’s) NOTE: Facilities behavior interventions and supports. with this specialty must complete Section B All staff receive training training in basic diagnostic ☒ Autism Spectrum Disorders (severe/low functioning) NOTE: Facilities with this specialty overview, basic behavioral approaches, and positive behavior interventions and supports. must complete Section B Page |3 Lakemary Center, Inc. Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Sexualized behaviors: ☒ Sexually reactive (e.g. response to trauma) ☒ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. resulting from cognitive or neuro-behavioral issues) ☐ Sexually offending: ☐ adjudicated/ ☐ nonadjudicated Excluded Populations All staff receive training training in basic diagnostic overview, basic behavioral approaches, trauma sensitive care, and positive behavior interventions and supports. Click here to type ☐ Eating Disorder Click here to type ☐ Other Click here to type Click here to type ☐ Other Click here to type Please check all populations excluded from this facility. ☐ Sexually reactive (e.g. response ☐ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. to trauma) resulting from cognitive or neurobehavioral issues) ☒ Eating Disorder ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders (severe/low functioning) ☐ Suicidal ideation/attempts ☒ Other: Substance Abuse if a current treatment concern – a history of substance use/abuse is not automatically excluded. Comments: Click here to type ☐ Psychosis ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders (high functioning/Asperger’s) ☐ Elopement Risk ☐ Other: Click here to type Sexually offending: ☒ adjudicated/ ☒ nonadjudicated ☐ Physical Aggression ☐ Self-injurious behaviors ☐ Fire setting ☐ Other: Click here to type Page |4 Lakemary Center, Inc. Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 What type of behavior management program do you use? Please name the program and describe the training. Do you do functional behavior assessments? If so, please describe your approach. If not, how do you assess the function of behaviors in your populations? List types of safety monitoring used (e.g., staff observation, video cameras). How does the facility assure access to appropriate medical and dental care? Does the facility use timeout? ☐ Yes ☒ No 1) Positive Behavior Interventions and Support (PBIS): Incorporates evidencebased practices to look at the function of behaviors as well as environmental factors impacting behaviors to help create individualized behavior support plans. PBIS is a strengths-based model, which encourages looking at the whole person through a person centered planning approach to enhance quality of life. All staff receive initial training on PBIS and token economy implementation, as well as PBIS refresher courses throughout the year. 2) Safe Crisis Management: (SCM) Three day training covering both non-physical and physical intervention techniques where all less restrictive interventions are tried prior to physical interventions and physical interventions are only used when threat to safety is immenent. All staff complete three refresher courses annually in addition to the initial training and certification. Lakemary includes an Intensive Behavior Supports Program (IBSP), facilitated by our IBSP Clinical Coordinator, a Licensed Masters Level Psychologist who is an Autism Specialist and completing his supervision hours to become a BCBA. Our IBSP Clinical Coordinator also consults on cases to complete an FBA and develop a BIP when appropriate. Licensing regulation requires that we maintain children within staff sight or sound observation at all times, alarms on doors and windows, partially gated community. Some areas are equipped with video cameras. We offer onsite medical and dental care, but Lakemary also works with several medical providers in the are to ensure each child's medical and dental needs are met. We have nursing transporters who ensure that each child attends appointments with the information needed. All children, at minimum, receive annual physicals and dental cleanings. All psychiatric appointments are handled on site with our Psychiatrist/Medical director who meets with each child at a minimum of once every 30 days. If Yes, under what conditions? If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? Click here to type Click here to type Page |5 Lakemary Center, Inc. Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Does the facility use seclusion? ☒ Yes ☐ No Does the facility use restraints? ☒ Yes ☐ No How are facility staff trained regarding seclusion and the use of restraint? Please describe initial staff training as well as the follow up training process. How frequently are individual and facility seclusion and restraint data reviewed, and by whom? Under what conditions and for what kind of events do you report “incidents” to Alaska Behavioral Health? If Yes, under what conditions? In School Only – N/A to residence If Yes, under what conditions? Physical restraint is implemented only under significant safety concerns and if less restrictive options were ineffective. If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? Click here to type If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? An observer to the physical restraint is normally present. During the physical restraint staff, must monitor the child for certain needs every 5 minutes, and, within 60 minutes of the initiation of the restraint, the RN must complete a physical and neurological assessment of the child. Additionally, staff must debrief with the child at the conclusion of the restrainit and then staff debrief together to determine what can be done differently next time to further therapeutic treatment. An order for the physical restraint is provided and signed off on by a master's-level LMHP. All staff are trained and certified in Safe Crisis Management and attend a minimum of three refresher courses per year. Individual Daily by residential, medical, and clinical staff Individual Lakemary will forward individual incidents (for Alaska children) to ABH in accordance with their requirement. Facility Quarterly by Safety Committee Facility N/A Page |6 Lakemary Center, Inc. Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Does your program use aggregate progress If Yes, please describe. data for overall quality improvement? We utilize the Ohio Scales to evaluate pre- and post-discharge symptom levels, hopefulness, and adaptive functioning for parents and children. We also utilize ☐ Yes ☐ No satisfaction surveys with parents and children to inform practices. STRUCTURE AND SUPERVISION Would you characterize the level of structure and supervision provided by your program as low, moderate or high? High Please explain your rating. Licensing regulations require children are maintained in sight or sound observation range at ALL times, even when asleep. Staff must be able to hear an "utterance" if the child is not in eye sight, and sight must occur at least every 15 minutes. Each residence has a house schedule dilineating the activities for the day, which are geared toward active treatment throughout waking hours. Describe how the level or intensity of Lakemary provides a minimum of 1:4 staff:resident ratio. More intense supervision supervision may vary across youth. may be implemented, with the most intense being 1:1 line of sight support. These supports are time limited and based on safety needs of the resident. If a resident requires this level of a support on a sustained basis, then we may consider more restrictive treatment options. Is the level of supervision based on Please explain. individual risk and/or therapeutic need? Residents may have greater restrictions/higher levels of supervision due to precautions for suicidal thoughts/behaviors, elopement risks, severe/targeted aggression, and/or ☒ Yes ☐ No inappropriate sexual behaviors. Many of our residents also require increased supervision on a regular basis with ADLs due to their level of functioning. What are the characteristics that would Gender, Age, Functioning Level, Risk Factors (including presence of inappropriate promote or prevent pairing of recipients as sexual behaviors, poor physical boundaries, risk of self-harm, risk of aggression, risk of roommates? property destruction and/or stealing) What is the safety monitoring Feedback is solicited from treatment team members, including the resident, during policy/procedure for determining the biweekly treatment team meetings which informs the continued appropriateness of a assignment of roommates? roommate. Page |7 Lakemary Center, Inc. Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 What happens when characteristics of concern come to light, and how is a roommate change made owing to these characteristics? What safety monitoring practices are applicable during the day? At night? If a safety concern arises, the Clinical Program Administrator makes a determination on moves for one or both roommates. The therapist communicates with the family regarding any moves and why they were made, as well as communicating any changes in contact numbers. At least 1:4 staff ratio during the day and at least 1:10 during sleeping hours. It is often times more, depending on the environment. Plus, children must be kept within sight or sound observation at all times. If severe risk is present, staff may be assigned to monitor 1:1 with a child andmay be required to sit within arm's length at all times. EDUCATION SERVICES Please indicate what types of educational ☒ On Site School ☐ Day Treatment ☐ Outpatient Services services the facility provides. ☐ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type Comments: USD 368 partners with Lakemary and provides for an on-site school. Although employed by USD 368, school employees function as a partner with Lakemary, both in the treatment planning process and in the provision of therapeutic treatment. Please describe how you communicate All children at Lakemary Center have an IEP for special education services, so it is with school districts. How do you ensure imperative the home district is involved with the child's education. The Admissions communication with home-based schools? Liaison communicates with school districts prior to admissions, if necessary. The child's therapist and school administrator communicate with the child's home school while the child is at Lakemary, depending on the issue. Additionally, any IEP team member may participate in this communication. The home district is always a part of the child's annual IEP meeting. Prior to discharge, the child's therapist communicates as part of the discharge planning process to share inforamtion regarding needed treatment modalities and transition. Educational Accreditation Lakemary School is a special purpose non-public school which is an extension of USD 368 in Kansas. The school is licensed and accredited by Kansas Department of Education. Does your program accept school credits ☒ Yes ☐ No from other schools or programs? Page |8 Lakemary Center, Inc. Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 TREATMENT PLANNING AND REVIEW Who participates in regular treatment team meetings? Please check each regular (at least monthly) participant in treatment review/planning. How does your program involve the family in treatment, keep them informed of their child’s progress, and prepare them for step-down as part of the discharge process? ☒ Psychiatrist ☐Pediatrician ☒Nurse ☐Pharmacist ☐Other Medical (please list): Click here to type ☐ Physical Therapist ☐ Speech Therapist ☐ Occupational Therapist ☐ Dietitian ☐ Psychologist ☒ LCSW ☒ Behavior Analyst ☒ Other Clinician (name, credentials): Child’s Assigned Therapist (Master’s-level LMHP) ☒ School Representative (name, role): Garrett Strickler, School Behavior Specialist ☒ Milieu (name, role): Residential Team Lead and Milieu Therapists (master’s level clinicians completing group therapies) Lakemary requests that all families participate in weekly family therapy. We include them via any method that allows participation. We generally have at least weekly phone calls and/or emails. They participate bi-weekly in the child's treatment planning. They contribute to the goals and objectives developed for their child. Since discharge planning begins at admission, the family is involved in the discharge planning process from the beginning, with objectives and support needs clearly defined. Page |9 Lakemary Center, Inc. Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How does your program identify/assess the function of challenging behaviors? How does your program measure progress on treatment plan goals and objectives (e.g., subjective report, phase/level progress/specific data points)? Does your facility employ a privilege/level system? ☒ Yes ☐ No Behavior function is discussed at each child's treatment planning process meeting. For the more difficult behavior/function discovery, our IBSP Clinical Coordinator completes a formal functional behavioral analysis (FBA) which goes back to the treatment team for consideration and development of behavior intervention plans (BIP) designed to teach alternate coping mechanisms or behavioral responses. All treatment objectives are client-centered, observable, and measurable, making them data-driven. We monitor data through looking at decreases in challenging behaviors during two-week reporting periods, and increases in objective achievement (focused on prosocial behavior and/or coping skills) in the same time period. If Yes, on what basis do recipients earn Under what circumstances, if any, is the privileges or improved level status? level system modified? Residents earn points for demonstrating The token economy may be modified for a STARS behavior (Be Safe/Try Your resident who needs more frequent Best/Ask for Help/Be Responsible/Show reinforcement or who does not respond Respect). They are able to save/spend to the token economy. Changes to a their points 1-2 times weekly for tangible child’s individual system are discussed and items and privileges. Residents do not lose made during th weekly Children’s Services points they have already earned, but lose Team Meeting, including respresentatives the opportunity to earn points if engaging from all areas of children’s programming. in negative behaviors. TREATMENT P a g e | 10 Lakemary Center, Inc. Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Below, please list (separately) your facility’s Treatment Approaches/Evidence Based Practices/Promising Practices/treatment orientations (e.g., SPARCS, Resiliency Framework, Social Stories, Nurtured Heart, Mentalization, etc). Trauma Sensitive Care Positive Behavior Supports Research Support For each approach listed on the left, please identify the relevant staff training/credentials or cite the professional literature used to guide these approaches. Staff Training How are staff oriented to the items listed? Describe if/how administrative, clinical and milieu staff receive orientation, training and ongoing supervision. Kansas PRTF Annual Trainings Initial training from LMHP prior to working with children and regular booster trainings available Initial training from LMHP prior to working with children and regular booster trainings available LMHP receives regular supervision with LSCSW who is also Registered Play Therapist. LMHPs also have opportunities to attend Play Therapy CEU trainings throughout the year with Lakemary support. Behavior Specialists are provided training in ABA techniques and BIP implementation from LMHP Kansas Institute for Positive Behavior Supports Play Therapy Master's level therapists only, supervised by Registered Play Therapist Intensive Behavioral Supports Program ABA-based program Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Does your facility employ or contract with Name and credential(s) of behavior specialist (if the individual does not have a BCBA, a behavior specialist (behavioral please provide a description of the person’s training in behavior analysis). psychologist or BCBA) on the treatment Dr. Courtnie Cain, Licensed Psychologist; Chris Delap, LMLP, Autism Specialist team or staff? Completed BCBA requirements ☒ Yes ☐ No For each of the following professions/licenses, please answer the questions to the right. P a g e | 11 Lakemary Center, Inc. Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Dietitian Occupational Therapist Speech/Language Pathologist Other Medical (e.g., GI, Sleep) Dental Other How does your facility ensure that these professionals’ treatment recommendations are implemented and consistently followed? Recommendations are communicated to medical, clinical, and kitchen staff directly Implemented in IEP Implemented in IEP Routed through medical department for implementation Provide onsite dental clinics on a monthly basis Is this professional a staff member? Full or part time? If on contract, under what circumstances is this professional involved in treatment and planning? Consultant Meets with clinical team during biweekly visits to review recommendations Full-time Full-time Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Contract Click here to type Click here to type Provides recommendations to medical department for implementation Click here to type Click here to type PSYCHOTHERAPY MODELS Please identify the psychotherapeutic models (e.g., CBT, DBT) used at your facility, by population Model Population Play Therapy & Theraplay everyone/especially those children who are non-verbal Cognitive Behavioral Therapy children who can engage in verbal processing Family Therapy / Family Systems all families ABA/Applied Behavioral Analysis children who are non-verbal or who have autism Solution Focused Therapy / Trauma Systems everyone / those with a history of trauma P a g e | 12 Lakemary Center, Inc. Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Family Therapy What are your expectations regarding family therapy? Clinical Supervision Describe how a professional provides clinical oversight to the program. How many hours/week? Crisis Supports How does the program assure access to the appropriate care for clients in crisis situation? weekly participation either in person or via electronic methods Dr. Courtnie Cain provides clinical supervision to the program in her role as Clinical Program Administrator. She provides weekly supervision to the Clinical Program Coordinator who provides weekly supersision to all Therapists. Dr. Larry V. McDonald, Medical Director, (psychiatrist & pediatrician) also proivdes oversite for all psychiatric medication prescribing. All staff are trained in crisis intervention and safe crisis management, including both direct support professionals therapists, nursing, administrators other support staff. Any of these individuals are available to assist in a crisis. We utilize a "Star" team which is comprised of veteran staff specially skilled in de-escalating crisis situations. These professionals are available on each shift. Skill Development Please describe how your facility helps recipients develop the Methods/Interventions/Programs following: Interpersonal skills Treatment plan goals and objectives, milieu treatment/training, individual & group therapy, IEP goals, life skills & vocational programming Self-Regulation Treatment plan goals and objectives, milieu treatment/training, individual 7 group therapy, IEP goals, life skills & vocational programming Daily Living Treatment plan goals and objectives, milieu treatment/training, occupational therapy, IEP goals, life skills & vocational programming Communication Treatment plan goals and objectives, milieu treatment/training, speech therapy, individual & group therapy, IEP goals, life skills & vocational programming Other Click here to type Please describe how your facility helps the Practice/practice/practice, positive praise/positive behavioral supports, weekly recipient generalize these skills to their individual therapy, group therapy, parent training/coaching, follow-up contact after the home environment. child discharges from Lakemary P a g e | 13 Lakemary Center, Inc. Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 DAILY SCHEDULE Please describe the daily schedule. How are transitions (to meals, school, activities, etc.) managed? How are meals managed (e.g., preparation, clean-up)? Please describe the types of recreational activities available to recipients. M-F, 7am Wake time; 7:15am to 3:08pm school; 3:08-3:15pm transition to residence; 3:15pm-5pm group therapy, recreation therapy,social skils, goals & objectives treatment, dinner preparation; 5-6pm dinner and clean up; 6-7pm group therapy, recreation therapy, social skills development, goals & objectives treatment, 7-8pm hygiene/daily living tasks/skill development; 8-9pm varying bedtimes Maintaining a routine schedule so children know what to expect on a regular basis. Staff also announce transitions at various intervals, prior to the actual transition, so children know what to expect and can ready themselves. M-F, breakfast and lunch are prepared and served in the cafeteria in the administration building. Supplies for other meals are sent up to each residence and are prepared by staff and children. Meals are served in a family-style fashion. On-Site Activities: Off-Site Activities: Recreation therapist on staff who fishing, swimming, out to eat, go for schedules a wide variety of activities, walks, county fairs, shopping, hiking, including, but not limited to: athletic arboreitum, Deanna Rose Country Town events, Bingo, special dinners, scavenger and Park, Bass Pro Shop, bowling, hunts, gym activities,fishing, swimming, Christmas lights, Louisburg Cider Mill, Lake special parties & events, birthday parties, Miola, local ball games, KC Royals games, decorating cookies, baking, chili contests, the Plaza, parades, Shrine circus, Pumpkin gingerbread house contests, pretzel Patch, local parks, JoCo Fire Department making, games, painting, crafts, listen to activities, Malls, etc. music, kareoke, etc. DISCHARGE PLANNING AND POST-TREATMENT When does discharge planning begin? Upon Admission Who is responsible for discharge planning Primary Therapist at your facility? P a g e | 14 Lakemary Center, Inc. Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 What percentage of your recipients return to: Do you do any follow up to learn what happens with your recipients after they discharge from your facility? ☐ Yes ☒ No Therapeutic Foster Care: 6% Foster Care: 14% Family: 47% Group Home: 26% Corrections: 0% Independent Living: 0% If Yes, please describe your findings. Click here to type Please use the space below for further comments regarding your facility. Click here to type Section B AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDERS QUESTIONNAIRE P a g e | 15 Lakemary Center, Inc. Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please provide additional information regarding the characteristics of the recipients with ASD for whom you can provide specialized treatment (e.g., ASD with IQ under 70, ASD with IQ over 70, Asperger’s disorder, etc.). Please be specific, especially regarding developmental age and/or IQ requirements. The majority of our residents with ASD are functioning at a lower cognitive level, typically IQ of 70 or below. However, we do consider individuals who are higher functioning on the spectrum if they demonstrate significant social skill deficits which would make them appropriate within our treatment milieu. All individuals would Please check each box that corresponds with aspects of treatment at your facility that are listed below. These elements, other than CBT as discussed below, are described in “Practice Parameter for the Assessment of Children and Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder”, Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Feb 2014. Do you have screening If Yes, please list the tools(s) by name and/or send copies. mechanisms for ASD that We review previous diagnostic assessments prior to admission. If information is outdated, we refer includes questions about ASD for psychological testing and assessment. and symptomatology? ☒ Yes ☐ No What diagnostic We review incoming diagnostic evaluations from a licensed mental health professional and/or a evaluation/assessment physician. Our contracted evaluators are doctoral-level psychologists and utilize standardized process do you use? objective and observational assessments. Please check all ☒ Family interviews that are included: ☒ Review of past records ☒Consideration of DSM-V criteria ☒History, including educational and behavioral interventions ☒ Differential diagnosis ☒ Observation ☒ Specific Tools (please identify): ADI-R, GADS, GARS, CARS, BASC, Conners CBRS, PDDBI, NEPSY, etc. For each of the following elements, please use the drop down menu to indicate whether it is included in your multidisciplinary assessment of children with ASD. If you indicate “as needed,” please describe what would prompt an assessment. Click here to type Physical Exam Yes P a g e | 16 Lakemary Center, Inc. Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Screening for As Needed History of GI issues or presented GI concerns Gastrointestinal Problems Click here to type Hearing Screen Yes Click here to type Examination for Signs Yes of Tuberous Sclerosis Genetic Testing As Needed Family or therapist request Consideration of As Needed Features are interfering with functioning or otherwise contributing to Unusual Features maladaptive behaviors Psychological Assessment As Needed Assessment outdated (older than three years) or significant change in (cognitive and adaptive) presentation Communication As Needed Per IEP guidelines Assessment Occupational Therapy As Needed Per IEP guidelines Assessment Physical Therapy As Needed Per IEP guidelines Assessment Sleep Assessment As Needed Per Medical Director or parent request Please indicate which evidence-based and structured educational and behavioral interventions are in use at your facility by checking the box in the left hand column as well as answering the additional questions in the right hand column, as applicable. Is ABA used in school? ☒ Yes ☐ No ☒ Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Is ABA used in ☒ Yes ☐ No residential? Is ABA in treatment ☒ Yes ☐ No plan? What credentials does Licensed Master’s Level Psychologist, Certified Autism Specialist your ABA specialist have? P a g e | 17 Lakemary Center, Inc. Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 ☒ Alternative Communication Modalities Is this person on the Yes, as needed treatment team? Is this person a Staff Member contractor or staff member? Please identify (e.g., Picture Exchange Communication System, sign language, assistive technologies, visual schedules, etc.) PECs, visual schedules, assistive technology such as iPods or tablets, some basic sign language (in conjuction with other methodologies) ☐ Pragmatic Language skills training ☒ Social Skills training Please describe and/or identify the program or supporting literature. We use multiple group and individual formats – social stories, structured and non-structured play therapy, social skills for HFA, etc. If structured educational models are used, please identify. ☒ Education Entirely self-contained special education program utilizing Structured Teaching Model and Applied Behavioral Analysis Please describe. ☒ Other Cognitive-Based Therapy as needed; Some structured Play Therapy techniques, Social Stories, Positive Behavior Interventions and Supports; Trauma Systems Therapy; Medication Management Please answer the following questions. Are there medications that you If yes, please identify. typically use with this population? Evidence-based use of Abilify, Risperdal; Psychostimulants for focus and attention, sometimes for explosive anger. ☒ Yes ☐ No Please describe your facility’s We strive for each resident to be on as few medications as possible to assist in managing approach to the use of medication maladaptive behaviors in conjunction with behavioral programming. with children and youth with ASD. P a g e | 18 Lakemary Center, Inc. Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Do you inquire about the use of complementary/alternative treatments? ☒ Yes ☐ No What staff person/people are familiar with the literature regarding best/evidence-based practices for this population? Under what circumstances, and/or what are the characteristics of recipients with ASD with whom your facility uses Cognitive Behavioral Therapy? Who are the regular treatment team members for the children with ASD in your care? Please explain. We will incorporate dietary changes, herbal supplements, and/or sensory diets as indicated. Please identify by name, role and credentials. Dr. Courtnie Cain (Clinical Program Administrator); Chris Delap (Intensive Behavior Supports Program Coordinator); Dr. Larry McDonald (Psychiatrist) The child must have the following characteristics: able to express self verbally; demonstrate adequate receptive language skills visually and verbally; able to demonstrate knowledge of cause/effect; adequate short-term and long-term memory (for processing events). Please identify by name, role and credentials. Individual Therapist (master’s level LMHP); Dr. Larry McDonald (psychiatrist); Chris Delap (Intensive Behavior Supports Program Coordinator) – as indicated For facilities that provide treatment for individuals with Asperger’s Disorder or individuals with ASD who do not experience Intellectual Disabilities, please answer the following question: Please describe your approach to We only serve children with ASD without ID only if there are significant social or other adaptive treatment and any interventions funcitoning deficits present. Our educational program is entirely self-contained special that are employed specifically for education and our program is built around providing positive behavior intervention and this population. Please also supports as well as skills training in emotional identification, emotional communication, and provide information about the emotional regulation; social skills training, etc. research that supports this approach with this population. P a g e | 19 Lakemary Center, Inc. Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please use the space below for additional comments. Click here to type P a g e | 20 Provo Canyon School Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 This form was first introduced in 2013, and has been modified in this (2016) version. All Psychiatric Residential Treatment Facilities (PRTF) that contract with Alaska Medicaid are required to complete this Section A. Facilities that indicate Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) as a specialty are also required to complete Section B. The form will be posted on a website in order to be available to families, providers and guardians who are considering placement in a PRTF for a child. If you facility has more than one Alaska Medicaid provider number, please complete one form for each. Use the tab key to move to each new section. Please complete this form and return via email to: akbehavioralhealth@qualishealth.org Section A FACILITY INFORMATION Name and title of person completing this form Date completed Contact number Site/Cottage/Facility Name Address Tim Marshall, Director of Business Development and Contracts February 16, 2016 801-420-6656 Provo Canyon School 4501 North University Avenue, Provo, Utah 84604 GENERAL OVERVIEW Accreditation Body Utah State Department of Human Services, Office of Licensing, Joint Commission Indicate which gender(s) you serve and the applicable age range and number of licensed beds below Age Range # of Licensed Beds 8 - 17 194 ☒Males 8 - 17 86 ☒Females Click here to type Click here to type ☐Other Describe your client:staff ratio and how it is calculated for the following: Nursing Milieu Comments Click here to type Day 1 - 25 1-5 Click here to type Evening 1 - 25 1-5 HOME PRINT Page |1 Provo Canyon School Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Click here to type Night 1 - 45 1-8 Does your facility have requirements regarding IQ? If yes, please explain. IQ of 65 or higher ☒ Yes ☐ No What is the average length of stay for For AK Medicaid Recipients? Other State’s Medicaid Tricare/Other Insured? the facility overall? 253 Days Recipients? 93.2 Days 203.9 Days 256.2 Days Are you anticipating change to your program? If yes, please describe. Click here to type ☐ Yes ☒ No Is the facility locked or unlocked? ☒ Locked ☐ Unlocked Is the facility secure? ☒ Yes ☐ No Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and N/A – We do not treat FASD. When it is suspected or identified treating children and youth with FASD. What kind of training do we seek to transfer the client to specialized services. your staff receive (include milieu as well as clinical staff). CBT with enhanced elements of PBSI, trauma infomred care and DBT. Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and Acuity Based Care is incorporated with Rti for the higher acuity units. treating children and youth with extensive trauma histories. What kind of training do your staff receive (include milieu as well Initial week-long training on hire, annual re-training and quarterly themed trainings used to maintain program consistensy and integrity. as clinical). Identify your trauma treatment approach and describe the approach regarding staff training and Evidence Based Practices. Please describe your facility’s approach to secondary trauma in Clinical consultation meetings and groups. Staff in-services staff (for example, stress resulting from helping or wanting to training and education. help a traumatized or suffering person). Specialty Populations Please check all specialty populations this What training does staff receive for this population? facility serves. Dr. Vjollca Martinson provides training to staff specific to the ☒ Autism Spectrum Disorders (High generalized needs/strengths and cognitive processing styles as Functioning and Asperger’s) NOTE: Facilities a profile in general and more specifically regarding student in with this specialty must complete Section B program. Page |2 Provo Canyon School Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders (severe/low functioning) NOTE: Facilities with this specialty must complete Section B Sexualized behaviors: ☒ Sexually reactive (e.g. response to trauma) ☐ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. resulting from cognitive or neuro-behavioral issues) ☐ Sexually offending: ☐ adjudicated/ ☐ nonadjudicated Excluded Populations Click here to type Included in our Trauma Focused CBT training. Click here to type ☐ Eating Disorder Click here to type ☐ Other Click here to type Click here to type ☐ Other Click here to type Please check all populations excluded from this facility. ☐ Sexually reactive (e.g. response ☒ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. to trauma) resulting from cognitive or neurobehavioral issues) Sexually offending: ☒ adjudicated/ ☐ nonadjudicated ☒ Eating Disorder ☐ Psychosis ☐ Physical Aggression ☒ Autism Spectrum Disorders ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders ☐ Self-injurious behaviors (severe/low functioning) (high functioning/Asperger’s) ☐ Suicidal ideation/attempts ☐ Elopement Risk ☐ Fire setting ☐ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type Comments: Click here to type CBT, TFCBT with enhanced elements of PBSI, trauma infomred care and DBT. Acuity Based Care What type of behavior management is incorporated with Rti for the higher acuity units. Initial week-long training on hire, annual reprogram do you use? Please name the training and quarterly themed trainings used to maintain program consistensy and integrity. program and describe the training. Page |3 Provo Canyon School Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Do you do functional behavior assessments? If so, please describe your approach. If not, how do you assess the function of behaviors in your populations? List types of safety monitoring used (e.g., staff observation, video cameras). How does the facility assure access to appropriate medical and dental care? Does the facility use timeout? ☒ Yes ☐ No Does the facility use seclusion? ☒ Yes ☐ No Does the facility use restraints? ☒ Yes ☐ No How are facility staff trained regarding seclusion and the use of restraint? Please describe initial staff training as well as the follow up training process. How frequently are individual and facility seclusion and restraint data reviewed, and by whom? Under what conditions and for what kind of events do you report “incidents” to Alaska Behavioral Health? NO Direct supervision 24-7 Local contracted providers If Yes, under what conditions? Self-directed or by staff promp If Yes, under what conditions? Immediate danger to self or others If Yes, under what conditions? Immediate danger to self or others If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? Debrief with the client If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? Debrief and review If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? Debrief and Review Annual training and certification in HWC and program, state and federal policy. Individual Daily by the shift supervisor, risk manager and executive director Individual Facility Monthly by the leadership team In accordance to Alaska Behavioral Health Inpatient Psychiatric Alaska Medicaid Provide Manual and Alaska Administrative Code: 7 AAC 50.140 In accordance to Alaska Behavioral Health Inpatient Psychiatric Alaska Medicaid Provide Manual and Alaska Administrative Code: 7 AAC 50.140 Facility Does your program use aggregate progress If Yes, please describe. data for overall quality improvement? We track client satisfaction, reported concerns, accident and safety reports, ALOS, ADC, seclusions, restraints, PRN’s and AMA reports monthly ☒ Yes ☐ No Page |4 Provo Canyon School Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 STRUCTURE AND SUPERVISION Would you characterize the level of structure and supervision provided by your program as low, moderate or high? High Describe how the level or intensity of supervision may vary across youth. Is the level of supervision based on individual risk and/or therapeutic need? ☒ Yes ☐ No What are the characteristics that would promote or prevent pairing of recipients as roommates? What is the safety monitoring policy/procedure for determining the assignment of roommates? What happens when characteristics of concern come to light, and how is a roommate change made owing to these characteristics? What safety monitoring practices are applicable during the day? At night? Please explain your rating. Q-15 minute checks and documented observations by direct care staff 24-hours per day/7-days per week. School is provided five-days per week (Monday through Friday) from 8:30 AM until 3:30 PM. Weekdays the students schuele is to do personal hygene nad unit chores in the morning, eat breakfast, attend school, participate in daily group after a short break from school, then particpate in recreation activities, school homework, therapy assignments, and prepare for bedtime. Weekends are much the same with an hour later wake-up expectation and in place of school there may be outside activities, off-campus activities, gym time and/or family visits. Supervision is consistent across all youth. However, youth may earn the ability to participate in supervised off-ground activities and be allowed more freedom within the facility in conjunction with individualized treatment objectives and treatment success. Please explain. Supervision may be intensified to a level of individualized one on one staffing based on youth's potential for harm as a precaution or as a resource to assist a youth in overcoming a difficult task (such as acadmic assignments or specific treatment objectives) Age, aggression, potential cultural concerns Initially all student are assigned to an orientation unit prior to placment in a dorm in order to evaluate which dorm may be the best resource for the youths success. History and clinical needs are assessed and determined. Depending on the nature and intensity of the concern, a change in roommate and/or bedroom can be made immediately. If there is no immediate or appearent emotional or physical harm and if there is a potential for theraputic benefit, addresssing the issue through open discussion, setting goals, making personal commitments and demonstrating respect may be a better alternative. Continual staff monitoring with documented 15 minute checks on how the youth is doing physically, socially and emotionally. Same pratice is conducted during the night shift with a discription regarding sleeping pattern Page |5 Provo Canyon School Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 EDUCATION SERVICES Please indicate what types of educational ☒ On Site School ☐ Day Treatment ☐ Outpatient Services services the facility provides. ☐ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type Comments: Fully accreditied senior, jounior and elementry education is provided on-site 247 days per year (three full semesters). Education includes full support for youth with active IEP needs. Our school functions as a traditional school system offering 6 hour course credits per semester focused on accomplishing a hig school degree. Fully accreditied senior, jounior and elementry education is provided on-site 247 days per year Please describe how you communicate (three full semesters). Education includes full support for youth with active IEP needs. Our with school districts. How do you ensure communication with home-based schools? school functions as a traditional school system offering 6 hour course credits per semester focused on accomplishing a hig school degree Northwest Acreditation Commission –AdvancedED Educational Accreditation Does your program accept school credits from other schools or programs? ☒ Yes ☐ No TREATMENT PLANNING AND REVIEW Page |6 Provo Canyon School Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Who participates in regular treatment team meetings? Please check each regular (at least monthly) participant in treatment review/planning. ☒ Psychiatrist ☐Pediatrician ☒Nurse ☐Pharmacist ☐Other Medical (please list): Click here to type ☐ Physical Therapist ☐ Speech Therapist ☐ Occupational Therapist ☐ Dietitian ☒ Psychologist ☒ LCSW ☐ Behavior Analyst ☒ Other Clinician (name, credentials): Primary Terapist if LFMT or LPC as well as Recreation Therapist ☒ School Representative (name, role): Special Education Coordinator ☒ Milieu (name, role): Supervisor How does your program involve the family in treatment, keep them informed of their child’s progress, and prepare them for step-down as part of the discharge process? How does your program identify/assess the function of challenging behaviors? Weekly telephonic family therapy, participation in treatment planning and review, involved in discharge planning, on-site therputic visits, theraputic home visits, etc. Review of psychsocial history, previous levels of functioning, current behaviors, response to prescribed or intiated interventions, tracking of progress, increased treatment intensity and multidisciplinary reviews if needed to determine optional treatments or increased frequency of clinical intervention when needed Page |7 Provo Canyon School Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How does your program measure progress on treatment plan goals and objectives (e.g., subjective report, phase/level progress/specific data points)? Progress is identified through measurable, specific treatment goals monitored throughout the each day of care. Identified needs and problems include specific, measurable objectives that are weighted (based on precentage expectations) as to level of increase in advancement/success or decrease in impeding thoughts, emotions or behaviors. Youth self rate as well as all staff participate in rating observable elements Does your facility employ a privilege/level system? ☒ Yes ☐ No If Yes, on what basis do recipients earn privileges or improved level status? Demonstrating achievement on individual treatment goals and safety goals. Under what circumstances, if any, is the level system modified? Research Support For each approach listed on the left, please identify the relevant staff training/credentials or cite the professional literature used to guide these approaches. Staff Training How are staff oriented to the items listed? Describe if/how administrative, clinical and milieu staff receive orientation, training and ongoing supervision. Oversight by clinical psychologist and use of “Changing for Good”/Prochaska New Hire training, 90-day provisional supervision/shadow training, monthly educational topics, on-going department level training, and individual skill building program. TREATMENT Below, please list (separately) your facility’s Treatment Approaches/Evidence Based Practices/Promising Practices/treatment orientations (e.g., SPARCS, Resiliency Framework, Social Stories, Nurtured Heart, Mentalization, etc). Stages of Change Model Youth are able to advance in status (increased privilage) as they demonstrate willingness to engage and success in addressing individual treatment objectives. Youth advancement is based on multidisciplinary support upon demonstrated increased treatment goal success and personal safety. Youth who gain advancement do not lose status once it has been obtained. Page |8 Provo Canyon School Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Family-Driven Model Youth-Guided Model Trauma Informed Care Culturally Competent Care “Not by Chance”/Dr. Tim Thayne PHD, “Residential Interventions for Children, Adolescent, and Families: Best Practice Guide”/Blau New Hire training, 90-day provisional supervision/shadow training, monthly educational topics, on-going department level training, and individual skill building program. “Residential Interventions for Children, New Hire training, 90-day provisional Adolescent, and Families: Best Practice supervision/shadow training, monthly Guide”/Blau educational topics, on-going department level training, and individual skill building program. ARC Trained LFMT Trainer, “The Boy Who New Hire training, 90-day provisional Was Raised as a Dog”/Perry, “Responding supervision/shadow training, monthly to Childhood Trauma”/Hodas and others educational topics, on-going department level training, and individual skill building program. “Residential Interventions for Children, New Hire training, 90-day provisional Adolescent, and Families: Best Practice supervision/shadow training, monthly Guide”/Blau, Jones and Associated educational topics, on-going department Cultural Sensitivity Training level training, and individual skill building program. Name and credential(s) of behavior specialist (if the individual does not have a BCBA, please provide a description of the person’s training in behavior analysis). Does your facility employ or contract with a behavior specialist (behavioral Click here to type psychologist or BCBA) on the treatment team or staff? ☐ Yes ☒ No For each of the following professions/licenses, please answer the questions to the right. Page |9 Provo Canyon School Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Is this professional a staff member? Full or part time? If on contract, under what circumstances is this professional involved in treatment and planning? Yes – Full Time Click here to type Occupational Therapist Speech/Language Pathologist How does your facility ensure that these professionals’ treatment recommendations are implemented and consistently followed? Documetation in Medical Charts Documentation in Charts Documentation in Charts No - Contractual No - Contractual Click here to type Other Medical (e.g., GI, Sleep) Dental Documentation in Charts Documentation in Charts Yes – Full Time No - Contractual Click here to type Other Click here to type Click here to type Dietitian Provides report/recommendations Provides report/recommendations Click here to type PSYCHOTHERAPY MODELS Please identify the psychotherapeutic models (e.g., CBT, DBT) used at your facility, by population Model Population Cognitive Behavioral Therapy/Trauma Informed Care Male/Female age 8 - 17 Dialectic Behavioral Therapy Male/Female age 11 - 17 Systems/Family Theory Male/Female age 8 - 17 Group Psychotherapy Male/Female age 8 - 17 Recreation/Play Therapy Male/Female age 8 - 17 Patients and their families are expected to actively participate in family therapy 1x/week. Family Therapy What are your expectations regarding family therapy? P a g e | 10 Provo Canyon School Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Clinical Supervision Describe how a professional provides clinical oversight to the program. How many hours/week? Crisis Supports How does the program assure access to the appropriate care for clients in crisis situation? Each program is supervised by a clinical director. Oversight may consists of individual supervision (when required for licensure), Case consultations, Peer Consultations, On-call therapists, Weekly Clinical team supervision meetings, Consultations with Clinical Psychologist, Treatment Team meetings and case reviews, etc. The Clinical Director does not carry a case load, and therefore all his/her time is spent in clinical supervision. A therapist may, on average, receive between 2-6 hours of clinical supervision per week. 24 hour on-site Nursing staff, On-call therapist, On-call Psychiatrist/L.I.P, Stablization and Assessment Program/Unit (specifically for patients requiring crisis support), as needed treatment team staffings, all staff trained in Verbal De-escalation and Handle with Care methods. Skill Development Please describe how your facility helps recipients develop the Methods/Interventions/Programs following: Interpersonal skills Individual/family/Group therapy, recreational therapy, community meetings/lessons, Self-Regulation Daily Living Communication Other Please describe how your facility helps the recipient generalize these skills to their home environment. Treatment team directives, individualized treatment goals/plans/interventions, staff trained to process issues in the moment. Individual/family/Group therapy, recreational therapy, community meetings/lessons, Treatment team directives, individualized treatment goals/plans/interventions, staff trained to process issues in the moment. Individual/family/Group therapy, recreational therapy, community meetings/lessons, Treatment team directives, individualized treatment goals/plans/interventions, staff trained to process issues in the moment. Individual/family/Group therapy, recreational therapy, community meetings/lessons, Treatment team directives, individualized treatment goals/plans/interventions, staff trained to process issues in the moment. Click here to type Family environment at our facility, family therapy, family visits (on-site and off-site), and discharge planning. P a g e | 11 Provo Canyon School Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 DAILY SCHEDULE Please describe the daily schedule. How are transitions (to meals, school, activities, etc.) managed? How are meals managed (e.g., preparation, clean-up)? Please describe the types of recreational activities available to recipients. School is provided five-days per week (Monday through Friday) from 8:30 AM until 3:30 PM. Weekdays the students schuele is to do personal hygene nad unit chores in the morning, eat breakfast, attend school, participate in daily group after a short break from school, then particpate in recreation activities, school homework, therapy assignments, and prepare for bedtime. Weekends are much the same with an hour later wake-up expectation and in place of school there may be outside activities, off-campus activities, gym time and/or family visits. Youth are assigned to a definitive group for meals and various activities. Each group has a daily schedule posted and specific times for each of their meal times and activities. Each group is approxemently 12 to 18 youth and have assigned staff that monitor and manage all transitions from the dorm units to the main building, to dinning, activities, school , etc. All meals are prepared and served by employed, trained, adult kitchen staff who are also responsible for clean-up and cleanlyness of the dining room and kitchen. On-Site Activities: PCS has a swimming pool, two gyms, large outdoor sports fields that provide swimming, basketball, flag football, softball, volleyball, skate boarding, running, rock climbing, etc. Off-Site Activities: hiking, snowshoeing, canoeing, camping, skiing, bowling, movies, lazer tag, etc. DISCHARGE PLANNING AND POST-TREATMENT When does discharge planning begin? Within 10-days of admission Who is responsible for discharge planning The assigned primary therapist at your facility? What percentage of your recipients return Therapeutic Foster Care: 15% to: Foster Care: 12% Family: 50% Group Home: 15% Corrections: 1% Independent Living: 1% P a g e | 12 Provo Canyon School Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Do you do any follow up to learn what happens with your recipients after they discharge from your facility? ☒ Yes ☐ No If Yes, please describe your findings. Therapists contact the family or foster parent post discharge to offer support and assistance Please use the space below for further comments regarding your facility. Click here to type Section B AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDERS QUESTIONNAIRE Please provide additional information regarding the High functioning ASD or Asperger clients with other mental characteristics of the recipients with ASD for whom you can health disorders. provide specialized treatment (e.g., ASD with IQ under 70, ASD with IQ over 70, Asperger’s disorder, etc.). Please be specific, especially regarding developmental age and/or IQ requirements. Please check each box that corresponds with aspects of treatment at your facility that are listed below. These elements, other than CBT as discussed below, are described in “Practice Parameter for the Assessment of Children and Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder”, Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Feb 2014. P a g e | 13 Provo Canyon School Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Do you have screening mechanisms for ASD that includes questions about ASD and symptomatology? ☒ Yes ☐ No What diagnostic evaluation/assessment process do you use? Please check all that are included: If Yes, please list the tools(s) by name and/or send copies. Self report by parent or legal guardian We refer out to UNI or Wasatch Mental Health. ☐ Family interviews ☐ Review of past records ☐Consideration of DSM-V criteria ☐History, including educational and behavioral interventions ☐ Differential diagnosis ☐ Observation ☐ Specific Tools (please identify): Click here to type For each of the following elements, please use the drop down menu to indicate whether it is included in your multidisciplinary assessment of children with ASD. If you indicate “as needed,” please describe what would prompt an assessment. Physical Exam Choose an answer Referred out Screening for Choose an answer Referred out Gastrointestinal Problems Hearing Screen Choose an answer Referred out Examination for Signs Choose an answer Referred out of Tuberous Sclerosis Genetic Testing Choose an answer Referred out Choose an answer Consideration of Referred out Unusual Features Psychological Assessment Choose an answer Referred out (cognitive and adaptive) P a g e | 14 Provo Canyon School Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Communication Choose an answer Referred out Assessment Occupational Therapy Choose an answer Referred out Assessment Physical Therapy Choose an answer Referred out Assessment Sleep Assessment Choose an answer Referred out Please indicate which evidence-based and structured educational and behavioral interventions are in use at your facility by checking the box in the left hand column as well as answering the additional questions in the right hand column, as applicable. Is ABA used in school? ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Is ABA used in ☐ Yes ☐ No residential? Is ABA in treatment ☐ Yes ☐ No plan? What credentials does Click here to type your ABA specialist have? Click here to type Is this person on the treatment team? Click here to type Is this person a contractor or staff member? Please identify (e.g., Picture Exchange Communication System, sign language, assistive ☐ Alternative Communication technologies, visual schedules, etc.) Modalities Click here to type ☐ Pragmatic Language skills training ☐ Social Skills training Please describe and/or identify the program or supporting literature. Click here to type P a g e | 15 Provo Canyon School Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 ☐ Education If structured educational models are used, please identify. ☐ Other Please describe. Click here to type Click here to type Please answer the following questions. Are there medications that you If yes, please identify. typically use with this population? Click here to type ☐ Yes ☐ No Click here to type Please describe your facility’s approach to the use of medication with children and youth with ASD. Do you inquire about the use of Please explain. Click here to type complementary/alternative treatments? ☐ Yes ☐ No What staff person/people are Please identify by name, role and credentials. Click here to type familiar with the literature regarding best/evidence-based practices for this population? Under what circumstances, and/or Click here to type what are the characteristics of recipients with ASD with whom your facility uses Cognitive Behavioral Therapy? Who are the regular treatment Please identify by name, role and credentials. Click here to type team members for the children with ASD in your care? P a g e | 16 Provo Canyon School Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 For facilities that provide treatment for individuals with Asperger’s Disorder or individuals with ASD who do not experience Intellectual Disabilities, please answer the following question: Please describe your approach to If they are able to fully participate in our normal continuum of care and make progress we treatment and any interventions continue to treat them, otherwise we seek a transfer of care to a more specific provider. that are employed specifically for this population. Please also provide information about the research that supports this approach with this population. Please use the space below for additional comments. Click here to type P a g e | 17 Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Behavioral Health Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 This form was first introduced in 2013, and has been modified in this (2016) version. All Psychiatric Residential Treatment Facilities (PRTF) that contract with Alaska Medicaid are required to complete this Section A. Facilities that indicate Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) as a specialty are also required to complete Section B. The form will be posted on a website in order to be available to families, providers and guardians who are considering placement in a PRTF for a child. If you facility has more than one Alaska Medicaid provider number, please complete one form for each. Use the tab key to move to each new section. Please complete this form and return via email to: akbehavioralhealth@qualishealth.org Section A FACILITY INFORMATION Name and title of person completing this form Date completed Contact number Site/Cottage/Facility Name Address Brett Nelson, Coordinator, Residential Treatment BHC February 19, 2016 (208) 227-2159 Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Behavioral Health Center 2280 East 25th Street Idaho Falls, ID 83404 GENERAL OVERVIEW Accreditation Body Department of Health and Welfare, State of Idaho Indicate which gender(s) you serve and the applicable age range and number of licensed beds below Age Range # of Licensed Beds 12 through 18 22 Our beds are allocated according to need on a first ☒Males come first serve basis 12 through 18 22 Our beds are allocated according to need on a first ☒Females come first serve basis Click here to type Click here to type ☐Other Describe your client:staff ratio and how it is calculated for the following: Nursing Milieu Comments Click here to type Day Teton 1:8 2 nurses, 2 techs HOME PRINT Page |1 Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Behavioral Health Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Click here to type Evening Teton 1:8 2 nurses, 2 techs Click here to type Night Teton 1:8 2 nurses, 2 techs Does your facility have requirements regarding IQ? If yes, please explain. there is not a set number but the dr. reviews the information and if an IQ is ☒ Yes ☐ No less that 85 that could be a rule out. the main concern is that the patient be able to benefit from the cognitive program that we run. What is the average length of stay for For AK Medicaid Recipients? Other State’s Medicaid Tricare/Other Insured? Click here to type the facility overall? 6-8 months Recipients? 4-5 months 4-5 months Are you anticipating change to your program? If yes, please describe. Click here to type ☐ Yes ☒ No Is the facility locked or unlocked? ☒ Locked ☐ Unlocked Is the facility secure? ☒ Yes ☐ No Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and Teton Peaks does not have a dedicated FASD program treating children and youth with FASD. What kind of training do component, however if a patient's IQ is a concern, screening your staff receive (include milieu as well as clinical staff). tools are used to determine deficits and the psychiatrist and treatment team develop a treatment plan based upon identifying and developing strengths and using positive rewards to shape behavior. Staff receive trainings annually based upon the specialty populations being served by Teton Peaks. Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and Psychiatrist and clinical Psychologist review admission treating children and youth with extensive trauma histories. information to determine whether youth meets admission What kind of training do your staff receive (include milieu as well criteria and can be treated effectively by our team and program. as clinical). Identify your trauma treatment approach and If admitted to our program, youth is tested by our in-house describe the approach regarding staff training and Evidence psychologist and tx team develops a comprehensive treatment Based Practices. plan. Licensed therapists then provide individual, family and group therapy (substance abuse groups if needed). Milieu staff are trained in basic behavioral techniques and behavior management, annual trainings are provided related to trauma. Page |2 Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Behavioral Health Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe your facility’s approach to secondary trauma in staff (for example, stress resulting from helping or wanting to help a traumatized or suffering person). Specialty Populations Every staff have EAP services if needed for secondary trauma that is experienced on the unit. After every traumatic event with a patient there is a debriefing that happens for staff to help determine what services or care, if any, for staff is needed. we also have daily meetings to get an understanding of staff and their concerns for the unit and we can then adjust staffing if needed. Please check all specialty populations this What training does staff receive for this population? facility serves. Annual trainings for specialty disorders such as Autism, ☒ Autism Spectrum Disorders (High FASD The children we serve with Autism and FASD are Functioning and Asperger’s) NOTE: Facilities those who have a higher IQ, as they need to be able to with this specialty must complete Section B benefit from a cognitive, insight/DBT based program. Click here to type ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders (severe/low functioning) NOTE: Facilities with this specialty must complete Section B Click here to type Sexualized behaviors: ☐ Sexually reactive (e.g. response to trauma) ☐ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. resulting from cognitive or neuro-behavioral issues) ☐ Sexually offending: ☐ adjudicated/ ☐ nonadjudicated Page |3 Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Behavioral Health Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 ☒ Eating Disorder ☒ Other (Co-occuring medical problems) Excluded Populations As part of the Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Teton Peaks has access to the hospital's dietary department. Dietary staff offer healthy eating groups and consults with a dietitian. Teton has a therapist trained in DBT skills who works with eating disordered patients to teach DBT coping skills. Staff are trained and supported by therapists and the psychiatrist to use 2 hr bathroom restrictions after meals to address purging behaviors. Therapist work with general eating disorder issues. Our unit is staffed by a full time registered nurses, we have a full time psychiatrist on staff and access to the full staff of doctors employed by the hospital to assist with complicated medical issues such as diebeties. Click here to type ☐ Other Click here to type Please check all populations excluded from this facility. ☐ Sexually reactive (e.g. response ☐ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. to trauma) resulting from cognitive or neurobehavioral issues) Sexually offending: ☒ adjudicated/ ☒ nonadjudicated ☐ Eating Disorder ☐ Psychosis ☒ Physical Aggression ☒ Autism Spectrum Disorders ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders ☐ Self-injurious behaviors (severe/low functioning) (high functioning/Asperger’s) ☐ Suicidal ideation/attempts ☐ Elopement Risk ☒ Fire setting ☒ Other: (Primary Dx of Conduct ☒ Other: (Predatory behavior of ☐ Other: Click here to type Disorder) any kind) Comments: Teton Peaks accepts youth with mild intellectual disabilities but not moderate to severe. Teton Peaks does not accept youth who present with a primary diagnosis of Conduct Disorder or with primary symptomology including: physical aggression or predatory behavior toward others, fire setting and/or sexual acting out behaviors. Page |4 Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Behavioral Health Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 What type of behavior management program do you use? Please name the program and describe the training. Do you do functional behavior assessments? If so, please describe your approach. If not, how do you assess the function of behaviors in your populations? List types of safety monitoring used (e.g., staff observation, video cameras). How does the facility assure access to appropriate medical and dental care? Does the facility use timeout? ☒ Yes ☐ No Teton Peaks uses a tier system to manage behavior and encourage participation in therapy and programing. The system includes assignments, infractions and specific daily/weekly requirements to progress from tier to tier and earn progressive freedoms and privileges. Staff are trained to understand and utilize the tier system as part of their orientation and education to work on Teton Peaks. we utilize Occupational therapy, Speech therapy testing and evaluation, psychiatric evaluations and psychological testing to determine functioning and to assess behaviors that need to be addressed in the program and therapy. Patients are monitored on unit, off unit during activities, and in the classroom by constant staff observation. The Teton Peaks unit, hallways, and classroom are monitored by 24hr video surveilance. Any patients on precautions are monitored at 15 minute intervals to assure their safety. Our case manager follows state regulations that require residents to receive medical and dental follow up care within 90 days of admission or annually if the medical/dental exam was as recent as nine months prior to admission. If Yes, under what conditions? If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? Time outs are used to redirect resident's Residents stay in time out only as long as behavior when they become excessively they are disruptive and unwilling to disruptive to the milieu and refuse to comply with program expectations. Time comply without being separated from the outs are logged, tracked and trended to group. determine if patterns arise and for auditing by the administrative team Page |5 Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Behavioral Health Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Does the facility use seclusion? ☒ Yes ☐ No Does the facility use restraints? ☒ Yes ☐ No How are facility staff trained regarding seclusion and the use of restraint? Please describe initial staff training as well as the follow up training process. How frequently are individual and facility seclusion and restraint data reviewed, and by whom? If Yes, under what conditions? Seclusion is used if a resident has become dangerous to themselves or others and could benefit from being separated from the milieu or will not calm down without being separated. If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? Patients in seclusion are monitored 1:1 at 10-15 minute intervals and are released as soon as they are calm and no longer a danger to self or others. Seclusions are logged, tracked and trended to determine if patterns arise and for weekly auditing by the administrative team If Yes, under what conditions? If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? Physical restraint is used for the purpose of Patients in a physical hold are held only holding patients who are attempting to long enough to escort them to the safe harm themselves and others and to escort area. Patients in restraints are monitored them to a safe area away from the milieu 1:1 with constant monitoringand are relaeased as soon as they are calm and no longer a danger to self of others. Holds and mechanical restraints are logged, tracked and trended to determine if patterns arise and for weekly auditing by the administrative team Teton Peaks has certified trainers in Non-Violent Crisis Intervention (NVCI). All staff working on Teton Peaks unit must be trained annually in NVCI and in the use of mechanical restraints. Individual S&R data on individuals is reviewed the day after the seclusion or restraint by the treatment team Facility S&R data for the facility is reviewed weekly by the administrative team Page |6 Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Behavioral Health Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Under what conditions and for what kind of events do you report “incidents” to Alaska Behavioral Health? Individual Facility Death, suicide, allegations of sexual Death, suicide, allegations of sexual abuse, harm to self, harm to others, abuse, harm to self, harm to others, serious injury/illness, seclusion/restraint, serious injury/illness, seclusion/restraint, elopment, significant medication error, elopment, significant medication error, involvement of law enforcement, violation involvement of law enforcement, violation of probation, criminal conduct, fire or of probation, criminal conduct, fire or disaster, change in administrator, disaster, change in administrator, knowledge of abuse/neglect/employee knowledge of abuse/neglect/employee misconduct misconduct Does your program use aggregate progress If Yes, please describe. data for overall quality improvement? Teton Peaks uses the data we accumulate to discuss ways to improve our treatment, we are currently striving not only to reduce seclusions/restraints, but to become a ☒ Yes ☐ No restraint free facility. STRUCTURE AND SUPERVISION Would you characterize the level of Please explain your rating. structure and supervision provided by your High: completely locked and secure facility, patients are monitored 24/7 including 10program as low, moderate or high? 15 minute safety checks depending on the level of precautions of the resident. If a Choose a level resident becomes a danger to themselves or others, we have the option of putting them on 1:1 supervision until such time as the psychiatrist determines that they are safe to be released. Describe how the level or intensity of Level or intensity of supervision is determined on an individual basis by the treatment supervision may vary across youth. team and psychiatrist. The team discusses factors related to risk of harm to self or others, level of disruptiveness to other patients and the milieu, level of acting out behaviors, etc… Page |7 Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Behavioral Health Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Is the level of supervision based on individual risk and/or therapeutic need? ☐ Yes ☐ No Please explain. Both, the treatment team, each morning and more extensively on Monday evening, discusses each individual resident to determine their therapeutic needs and their level of risk. Based upon these factors, and any other relevant factors, the treatment team determines individual levels of supervision What are the characteristics that would Any factors or characteristics that would put one of the residents in an unsafe, easily promote or prevent pairing of recipients as manipulated, predator/victim situation, or any situation that would hinder or prevent roommates? therapeutic progress. What is the safety monitoring Roommates are initially assigned a room based upon the pre-admission assessment policy/procedure for determining the (done by the psychiatrist and psychologist) and the on-site initial assessment findings. assignment of roommates? The resident is then monitored closely and room changes are made based upon therapist and/or psychiatrist recommendation. What happens when characteristics of At any time as concerns arise regarding roommates or room assignments, the Program concern come to light, and how is a Leaders (head techs on the unit) can coordinate with the therapists and psychiatrist to roommate change made owing to these make an immediate change. If the situation is too urgent to afford time for the characteristics? coordination with the treatment team, the Program Leaders can make an immediate room change (discussing it with the treatment team as they come available). What safety monitoring practices are There is always a staff member on the unit, in the classroom, or at the resident's applicable during the day? At night? activities (meals/recreation therapy/appointments). If the acuity raises on the unit extra staff are placed on the unit as needed. If a patient's individual safety is in question, increased safety checks (from 15 minutes to 10 minutes) are implemented. If a resident's safety becomes critical a 1:1 staff to resident ratio can be established. EDUCATION SERVICES Please indicate what types of educational services the facility provides. ☒ On Site School ☐ Day Treatment ☐ Outpatient Services ☐ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type Page |8 Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Behavioral Health Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Comments: Our Teton Peaks Academy is accredited through the local school district and employs one full-time certified teacher. Because our academy maintains a contract with the local school district we have immediate access to the district's special education coordinator and the teacher at BHC is a special education teacher who is certifed K-12. Please describe how you communicate Our teacher is an employee of the local school district and as such is in constant with school districts. How do you ensure communication with the school district. The RTC coordinator has access to the communication with home-based schools? principal and the special education coordinator of the school district as needed. Educational Accreditation Fully accredited on-line school through Bonneville School District. Does your program accept school credits ☒ Yes ☐ No from other schools or programs? TREATMENT PLANNING AND REVIEW Who participates in regular treatment team meetings? Please check each regular (at least monthly) participant in treatment review/planning. ☒ Psychiatrist ☐Pediatrician ☒Nurse ☐Pharmacist ☐Other Medical (please list): Click here to type ☐ Physical Therapist ☐ Speech Therapist ☒ Occupational Therapist ☐ Dietitian ☒ Psychologist ☒ LCSW ☐ Behavior Analyst ☒ Other Clinician (name, credentials): LCPC ☐ School Representative (name, role): Click here to type ☒ Milieu (name, role): Case manager Page |9 Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Behavioral Health Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How does your program involve the family in treatment, keep them informed of their child’s progress, and prepare them for step-down as part of the discharge process? How does your program identify/assess the function of challenging behaviors? How does your program measure progress on treatment plan goals and objectives (e.g., subjective report, phase/level progress/specific data points)? Therapists and Case Manager communicate weekly with the family; therapist for family therapy (web-based video conferencing) and phone contact, Case Manager for purposes of discharge planning and keeping parents current with treatment progress. After admission our Clinical Psychologist administers a selection of testing determined by he and the Psychiatrist. From the testing results the psychiatrist and treatment team discuss behaviors and how they will manifest. Discussion concerning the function of behaviors continues on a weekly basis in our staffing meetings. Progress on treatment plan goals and objects are assessed by the primary therapist for each resident. Each objective is considered and discussed with input from the treatment team, as objectives or goals are completed new ones are established based upon discussion from the treatment team. We also follow the stages of change for each problem area idenitifed to monitor progress or lack thereof of residents. Some of the information discussed to determine progress includes: staff notes regarding behavior in the milieu, points sheets regarding participation in programming, participation in therapy (individual, groups, family), completed therapy assignments, demonstration of skills related to therapy goals. P a g e | 10 Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Behavioral Health Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Does your facility employ a privilege/level system? ☒ Yes ☐ No TREATMENT Below, please list (separately) your facility’s Treatment Approaches/Evidence Based Practices/Promising Practices/treatment orientations (e.g., SPARCS, Resiliency Framework, Social Stories, Nurtured Heart, Mentalization, etc). Individual, Family and Group therapies If Yes, on what basis do recipients earn privileges or improved level status? Residents earn levels based on participation in program. Weekly each resident obtains a staff signature representing each aspect of treatment (i.e. therapy, milieu programming, school, recreation therapy). Signatures from each area are required as well as a minimum point range (points are given for appropriate behavior in programming, taken away for disruption of programming). After having met these criteria and having appropriately pasted a minimum time period on the respective tier, the treatment team discusses the resident's progress or lack thereof and votes regarding the next level/tier. Under what circumstances, if any, is the level system modified? If there is some type of behavioral intervention that is put in place by the treatment team, consisting of the psychiatrist, psychologist, therapist, coordinator, nurse and case manager, then the levels might be affected depending on the intervention and its purpose. Research Support For each approach listed on the left, please identify the relevant staff training/credentials or cite the professional literature used to guide these approaches. Staff Training How are staff oriented to the items listed? Describe if/how administrative, clinical and milieu staff receive orientation, training and ongoing supervision. LCSW and LCPC on staff 20 Hours continuing education per year P a g e | 11 Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Behavioral Health Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 DBT skills and groups MRT substance abuse groups Our LCSW is trained in DBT theory,and the in-house psychologist has training in this area Our LCSW is a CADC and trained in MRT Seeking Safety for Males and Females Our therapists are all masters level Click here to type Click here to type Psychologist offer staff training semiannually in DBT skills and theory Our LCSW provides all MRT services and needs 20 hours of training for licensure per year. 20 hours training per year. Click here to type Does your facility employ or contract with Name and credential(s) of behavior specialist (if the individual does not have a BCBA, a behavior specialist (behavioral please provide a description of the person’s training in behavior analysis). psychologist or BCBA) on the treatment John Landers, Ph.D. Clinical Psychologist team or staff? ☒ Yes ☐ No For each of the following professions/licenses, please answer the questions to the right. How does your facility ensure Is this professional a staff If on contract, under what that these professionals’ member? Full or part time? circumstances is this treatment recommendations professional involved in are implemented and treatment and planning? consistently followed? Dietitian By doctor order Yes Full time n/a Occupational Therapist By doctor order Yes Full time n/a Speech/Language Pathologist By doctor order Yes Full time n/a Other Medical (e.g., GI, Sleep) By doctor order No on an as needed basis n/a Dental By doctor order No on an as needed basis n/a Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Other PSYCHOTHERAPY MODELS Please identify the psychotherapeutic models (e.g., CBT, DBT) used at your facility, by population P a g e | 12 Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Behavioral Health Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Model Cognitive Behavioral Therapy - with an emphasis on positive reinforcement Solution Focused, Systematic Desensitization, Mindfulness DBT and Mindfulness training Moral Reconation Therapy Click here to type Family Therapy What are your expectations regarding family therapy? Clinical Supervision Describe how a professional provides clinical oversight to the program. How many hours/week? Population Depression, anxiety, substance abuse Anxiety disorders Trauma, abuse, borderline personality Substance abuse Click here to type All residents receive at least one family session weekly, two when possible or needed. Family therapy occurs by web conferencing and telephone. When families visit, the primary therapists attempt to do family therapy daily. Family therapy is expected of families regardless of their structure, often it involves foster parents, legal guardians and each parent separately when separation/divorce divides a family. Clinical supervision is provided by the clinical supervisor and happens in a variety of ways. The clinical supervisor is involved individually with primary therapists regarding therapy interventions, treatment planning, staffing clients, and discussion of tier advancement (3-5hrs weekly). Supervision also takes place in treatment planning and staffing meetings where treatment goals, therapy interventions, and therapeutic progress are discussed related to each resident (5-8hrs weekly). Teton peaks has multiple in-house crisis supports: Clinical Psychologist and therapists trained in crisis deescalation and debriefing techniques, Non-Violent Crisis Intervention trainers and team. Crisis Supports How does the program assure access to the appropriate care for clients in crisis situation? Skill Development Please describe how your facility helps recipients develop the Methods/Interventions/Programs following: Interpersonal skills Therapists, Occupational therapists, and psychiatric technicians work on these skills in weekly groups and daily in the milieu Self-Regulation Therapist address this in DBT groups and individual therapy. Our psychiatrist addresses daily medication management. P a g e | 13 Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Behavioral Health Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Daily Living Therapists, psychiatric technicians, recreation therapists, occupational therapists address these skills through weekly groups and daily activities that are part of programming. Communication Occupational therapists run a weekly communication group, individual therapy addresses these skills individually. Other Speech and language therapists and physical therapists are also available to address needs. Please describe how your facility helps the After residents have been in the Teton Peaks program for sufficient time to be recipient generalize these skills to their determined safe and to be taught the above mentioned skills the therapists begin to set home environment. up community and home passes such that the residents can practice their skills. Resident begin on short visits and then are allowed overnight visits to face difficulties and issues at home and in the community with their new skill sets. Family therapy is also used to practice and generalize many skills. DAILY SCHEDULE Please describe the daily schedule. How are transitions (to meals, school, activities, etc.) managed? How are meals managed (e.g., preparation, clean-up)? Each day residents wake, shower, dress and have a room check prior to a morning goals group. Following the group, breakfast and meds are passed (higher tiers go to breakfast in the cafeteria). School takes place from 8:30 till noon when lunch and meds are again provided. From 12:45 to 4:45 school is completed and groups (Recreational therapy, psychotherapy, and MRT/ substance abuse)take place. 5:00 is physical exercize and large muscle group activities. At 6:00 dinner begins, followed by skills groups, tier groups and daily wrap-up groups that last until 8pm. From 8 to 9:30 is snack, calmdown activities and evening meds pass. Lights are out at 9:30 (10:00 on Saturday). 5-15 minute breaks are given throughout the day to help residents transition from activity to activity and to get snacks or PRN meds as needed. All meal planning, preparation and clean-up is handled by the hospital's dietary and food services departments. P a g e | 14 Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Behavioral Health Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe the types of recreational activities available to recipients. On-Site Activities: Gym time (many large muscle group activities), modified circuit training, outside b-ball court and walking track (when weather permits) Off-Site Activities: Our recreation therapists organize numerous summer and winter activities (from hiking and camping to cross-country skiing and ice-skating, for those on higher tiers) DISCHARGE PLANNING AND POST-TREATMENT Click here to type When does discharge planning begin? Who is responsible for discharge planning Teton Peaks employs a full-time Case Manager who does all discharge planning. at your facility? Discharge planning begins as the resident arives and continues throughout their stay. What percentage of your recipients return Therapeutic Foster Care: Aprox 5% to: Foster Care: Aprox 3% Family: Aprox 90% Group Home: Aprox 2% Corrections: Click here to type Independent Living: Click here to type Do you do any follow up to learn what If Yes, please describe your findings. happens with your recipients after they Our Therapists make a call within 24 hrs to determine if the discharge was successful discharge from your facility? and then the RTC coordinator makes calls at 1month and 3 months to find out residents' progress and help parents with questions if they have any. ☒ Yes ☐ No Please use the space below for further comments regarding your facility. Click here to type P a g e | 15 Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Behavioral Health Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Section B AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDERS QUESTIONNAIRE Please provide additional information regarding the N/A characteristics of the recipients with ASD for whom you can provide specialized treatment (e.g., ASD with IQ under 70, ASD with IQ over 70, Asperger’s disorder, etc.). Please be specific, especially regarding developmental age and/or IQ requirements. Please check each box that corresponds with aspects of treatment at your facility that are listed below. These elements, other than CBT as discussed below, are described in “Practice Parameter for the Assessment of Children and Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder”, Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Feb 2014. Do you have screening If Yes, please list the tools(s) by name and/or send copies. mechanisms for ASD that We screen for this when deciding on appropriateness for treatment by asking for information from includes questions about ASD the referring facility and symptomatology? ☐ Yes ☒ No What diagnostic If a patient is in our facility and is suspected that ASD was missed or is a possibility then our evaluation/assessment psychologist will complete what tests he feels necessary to correctly dx issues. process do you use? P a g e | 16 Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Behavioral Health Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please check all ☒ Family interviews that are included: ☒ Review of past records ☒Consideration of DSM-V criteria ☒History, including educational and behavioral interventions ☐ Differential diagnosis ☐ Observation ☐ Specific Tools (please identify): Click here to type For each of the following elements, please use the drop down menu to indicate whether it is included in your multidisciplinary assessment of children with ASD. If you indicate “as needed,” please describe what would prompt an assessment. Click here to type Physical Exam Yes Click here to type Screening for Yes Gastrointestinal Problems Click here to type Hearing Screen Yes Click here to type Examination for Signs Yes of Tuberous Sclerosis Click here to type Genetic Testing No Click here to type Consideration of Yes Unusual Features Click here to type Psychological Assessment Yes (cognitive and adaptive) Click here to type Communication Yes Assessment Click here to type Occupational Therapy Yes Assessment Click here to type Physical Therapy Yes Assessment Sleep Assessment As Needed Reports from unit staff stating patient struggles to sleep through the night. P a g e | 17 Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Behavioral Health Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please indicate which evidence-based and structured educational and behavioral interventions are in use at your facility by checking the box in the left hand column as well as answering the additional questions in the right hand column, as applicable. Is ABA used in school? ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Is ABA used in ☐ Yes ☐ No residential? Is ABA in treatment ☐ Yes ☐ No plan? What credentials does Click here to type your ABA specialist have? Click here to type Is this person on the treatment team? Click here to type Is this person a contractor or staff member? Please identify (e.g., Picture Exchange Communication System, sign language, assistive ☐ Alternative Communication technologies, visual schedules, etc.) Modalities Click here to type ☒ Pragmatic Language skills training ☒ Social Skills training ☐ Education Please describe and/or identify the program or supporting literature. Occupational and speech therapy If structured educational models are used, please identify. ☐ Other Please describe. Click here to type Click here to type Please answer the following questions. P a g e | 18 Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Behavioral Health Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Are there medications that you typically use with this population? ☐ Yes ☒ No Please describe your facility’s approach to the use of medication with children and youth with ASD. Do you inquire about the use of complementary/alternative treatments? ☒ Yes ☐ No What staff person/people are familiar with the literature regarding best/evidence-based practices for this population? Under what circumstances, and/or what are the characteristics of recipients with ASD with whom your facility uses Cognitive Behavioral Therapy? Who are the regular treatment team members for the children with ASD in your care? If yes, please identify. This per the evaluation from the psychiatrist This per the evaluation from the psychiatrist Please explain. This per the evaluation from the psychiatrist Please identify by name, role and credentials. Registered nurses, therapists and techs This is done on an as needed basis depending on what the therapist feels is appropriate for patient. Please identify by name, role and credentials. Psychiatrist, psychologist, therapist, nurse, occupational and speech therapists. For facilities that provide treatment for individuals with Asperger’s Disorder or individuals with ASD who do not experience Intellectual Disabilities, please answer the following question: P a g e | 19 Eastern Idaho Regional Medical Center, Behavioral Health Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe your approach to treatment and any interventions that are employed specifically for this population. Please also provide information about the research that supports this approach with this population. We use a team approach utilizing the professionals that are employed, we use multi-team meetings and approach to develop interventions specific to the patient that are evidence based plans. Please use the space below for additional comments. Click here to type P a g e | 20 Texas NeuroRehab Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 This form was first introduced in 2013, and has been modified in this (2016) version. All Psychiatric Residential Treatment Facilities (PRTF) that contract with Alaska Medicaid are required to complete this Section A. Facilities that indicate Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) as a specialty are also required to complete Section B. The form will be posted on a website in order to be available to families, providers and guardians who are considering placement in a PRTF for a child. If you facility has more than one Alaska Medicaid provider number, please complete one form for each. Use the tab key to move to each new section. Please complete this form and return via email to: akbehavioralhealth@qualishealth.org Section A FACILITY INFORMATION Name and title of person completing this form Date completed Contact number Site/Cottage/Facility Name Address Cheryl Nickell, Program Director-Child and Adolescent Services February 22, 2016 1-800-252-5151 Texas NeuroRehab Center 1106 West Dittmar Road, Austin, Texas 78745 GENERAL OVERVIEW Accreditation Body Joint Commission Indicate which gender(s) you serve and the applicable age range and number of licensed beds below Age Range # of Licensed Beds 8-17 3 coed treatment units, with 16 beds each ☒Males 3 coed treatment units, with 16 beds each plus 16 bed male 8-17 ☒Females RTC unit Click here to type Evaluated on indivual needs and mileu ☒Other Describe your client:staff ratio and how it is calculated for the following: Nursing Milieu Comments HOME PRINT Page |1 Texas NeuroRehab Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Day 1 nurse on each unit, around 1:3 subacute; 1:4 PRTF none the clock, regardless of census Evening 1 nurse on each unit, around 1:3 subacute; 1:4 PRTF none the clock, regardless of census Night 1 nurse on each unit, around 1 rehab tech on each unit, none the clock, regardless of around the clock, regardless census of census Does your facility have requirements regarding IQ? If yes, please explain. All of our patients have IQ’s that fall between 40-90. ☒ Yes ☐ No What is the average length of stay for For AK Medicaid Recipients? Other State’s Medicaid Tricare/Other Insured? the facility overall? 9-12 months Recipients? 9-12 months 9-12 months 9-12 months Are you anticipating change to your program? If yes, please describe. n/a ☐ Yes ☒ No Is the facility locked or unlocked? ☒ Locked ☐ Unlocked Is the facility secure? ☒ Yes ☐ No FASD is identified through case history, neurological testing, initial Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and psychiatric evaluation and psychosocial assessment. We treat children treating children and youth with FASD. What kind of training do based on their behaviors and presenting problems and what prevents your staff receive (include milieu as well as clinical staff). them from living at a lesser level of care. We used FASD techniques identfied by the CDC as the most appropriate. These include, but are not limited to: parent training, friendship training, executive function training, and parent-child interaction therapy and parent behavior management training. The facility has over 30 years experience in treating FASD and FASD associated behaviors. All therapists and case managers have additional training on FASD - includes identification and treatment methods for patients with FASD. Page |2 Texas NeuroRehab Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and treating children and youth with extensive trauma histories. What kind of training do your staff receive (include milieu as well as clinical). Identify your trauma treatment approach and describe the approach regarding staff training and Evidence Based Practices. Please describe your facility’s approach to secondary trauma in staff (for example, stress resulting from helping or wanting to help a traumatized or suffering person). Specialty Populations Trauma histories are identified through case history, initial psychiatric evaluation, psychosocial assessment. When relevant, trauma histories are also discussed weekly in patient staffings, weekly rounds, monthly staffings and Clinical Case Review. Trauma informed care is part of basic staff training and is the framework for the individual's treatment plan. From there, the individual's therapy, group and family therapy are designed and conducted by a licensed professional. All therapists and case managers have additional required CEU traininging for TFCBT. Team meeting trainings related to Trauma Informed Care are provided regularly on the unit for direct care staff. Through team meetings and individual consultation, therapy staff engage in discussions routinely with staff regarding issues that could impact secondary trauma including methods to maintain safety on the unit, promoting self-care among staff, and providing information on community resources. Employees have access to EAP resources for further assistance. All roles are recognized in problem solving particular patients and given a voice to contribute to developing solutions that can enhance the work environment and stress. Staff appreciation events are on-going through the yee-haw recognition, yearly awards, and staff appreciation day. Access to on campus health screens are also available for employees. Ongoing education occurs to alert staff about the concept of secondary trauma and the importance of self-care. If there is a unique safety issue situation, the Lead Clinical Therapist will provide additional support as appropriate to debrief the incident. Please check all specialty populations this facility serves. ☒ Autism Spectrum Disorders (High Functioning and Asperger’s) NOTE: Facilities with this specialty must complete Section B What training does staff receive for this population? Training upon hire related to child/adolescent development, clinical inservices provided through team meetings that are clinically / diagnosis specific. Trauma Informed Care training annually. Access to outside training and recsources as needed. Page |3 Texas NeuroRehab Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 ☒ Autism Spectrum Disorders (severe/low functioning) NOTE: Facilities with this specialty must complete Section B Sexualized behaviors: ☒ Sexually reactive (e.g. response to trauma) ☒ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. resulting from cognitive or neuro-behavioral issues) ☐ Sexually offending: ☐ adjudicated/ ☐ nonadjudicated Excluded Populations Training upon hire related to child/adolescent development, clinical inservices provided through team meetings that are clinically / diagnosis specific. Trauma Informed Care training annually. Access to outside training and recsources as needed. Sexually reactive and maladaptive behaviors are evaluated on an individual basis to determine appropriate fit for the patient and the mileu. Click here to type ☐ Eating Disorder Click here to type ☒ Other Intellectual Disabilities, Traumatic Brain Injury, Seizure D/O, Genetic D/O Click here to type ☐ Other Please check all populations excluded from this facility. ☐ Sexually reactive (e.g. response ☐ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. to trauma) resulting from cognitive or neurobehavioral issues) Sexually offending: ☒ adjudicated/ ☐ nonadjudicated ☒ Eating Disorder ☐ Psychosis ☐ Physical Aggression ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders ☐ Self-injurious behaviors (severe/low functioning) (high functioning/Asperger’s) ☐ Suicidal ideation/attempts ☐ Elopement Risk ☐ Fire setting ☒ Other: Conduct Disorder ☐ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type Comments: Sexually reactive and maladaptive behaviors are evaluated on an individual basis to determine appropriate fit for the patient and the mileu. Page |4 Texas NeuroRehab Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 What type of behavior management program do you use? Please name the program and describe the training. Do you do functional behavior assessments? If so, please describe your approach. If not, how do you assess the function of behaviors in your populations? List types of safety monitoring used (e.g., staff observation, video cameras). How does the facility assure access to appropriate medical and dental care? SAMA The SAMA program focuses on preventing aggression from becoming physically harmful. The emphasis of the course is on using the Assisting Process in all interactions. Training occurs upon hire and retraining is conducted annually. Function of behavior is actively assessed by many disciplines and discussed in rounds weekly, patients individual staffing, team meeting and otherwise as indicated. Staff engage in evaluation of data and monitoring for trends to establish an understanding of the antecedent and the potential function of the behaviors exhibited, ie. avoid, escape, stimulation, etc. This information is effectively communicated amongst the team members to assist with interventions throughout the therapeutic environment. If behaviors impact school functioning, the patient may also have an FBA specific to school. Staff observation through Q15 minute checks. All patients/guardians are required to complete Consent to Treatment. The facilty employs Nurse Practitioners, has access to local medical facilities and is contracted with a dental provider. Does the facility use timeout? ☒ Yes ☐ No If Yes, under what conditions? Only voluntary If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? Does the facility use seclusion? ☒ Yes ☐ No If Yes, under what conditions? Imminent risk If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? Does the facility use restraints? ☒ Yes ☐ No If Yes, under what conditions? Physical holds only, imminent risk If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? The patient may request to take a voluntary time out. Face to face evaluation and debriefing occur following the seclusion. Face to face evaluation and debriefing occur following the seclusion. Page |5 Texas NeuroRehab Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How are facility staff trained regarding seclusion and the use of restraint? Please describe initial staff training as well as the follow up training process. Texas NeuroRehab Center operates under the philosophy that patient behavior must be managed as to prevent or diffuse emergencies that might require intrusive interventions such as restraint or seclusion. Staff are educated regarding the inherent risks of emergencies which there is an imminent risk of harm to the patient or others. The use of non-physical interventions are preferred methods for managing behavior. Staff are encouraged to use the least restrictive intervention; for patient and staff safety. We prioritize the individual's dignity and safety during the use of seclusion or restraint, through communication of clear expectations, attempts to discontinue the use of restraint or seclusion as soon as possible , and inclusion of the individual in the debriefing process. How frequently are individual and facility seclusion and restraint data reviewed, and by whom? Individual Facility Under what conditions and for what kind of events do you report “incidents” to Alaska Behavioral Health? Individual Facility Seclusion and Restraint Data (STP) are reviewed daily by the COO/Risk Manager, Director of Nursing and relevant nurse managers. Treatment team members review individual STP data monthly, unless there is an increase in utilization, where data is reviewed immediately through Case Review. Any incident which requires investigation by the state of Texas investigating body will be reported to the Division of Behavioral Health within 72 hours. A summary of the the internal investigation report will be sent. Facility Leadership, Medical Executive Committee, Behavioral Programming groups all review STP data and trends monthly. Any incident which requires investigation by the state of Texas investigating body will be reported to the Division of Behavioral Health within 72 hours. A summary of the the internal investigation report will be sent. Does your program use aggregate progress If Yes, please describe. Data collection, review and analysis occurs for many elements of patient care. These elements data for overall quality improvement? inlcude, but are not limited to: Use of Seclusion / Restraint, Patient Falls, Medication Variance, ☒ Yes ☐ No Infection Control, Incident Reports, Patient Satisfaction, Patient Care/Concern & Grievances. Data is aggregated and reviewed on a monthly basis, trends are reviewed and recommendations for process improvement are made based on findings and discussions. STRUCTURE AND SUPERVISION Page |6 Texas NeuroRehab Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Would you characterize the level of Please explain your rating. structure and supervision provided by your Supervision of patients in our program would be considered moderate to high based on Q 15 minute checks, and the ability to adjust supervision based on risk factors and precautions program as low, moderate or high? Choose a level Describe how the level or intensity of supervision may vary across youth. Is the level of supervision based on individual risk and/or therapeutic need? ☐ Yes ☐ No What are the characteristics that would promote or prevent pairing of recipients as roommates? What is the safety monitoring policy/procedure for determining the assignment of roommates? What happens when characteristics of concern come to light, and how is a roommate change made owing to these characteristics? What safety monitoring practices are applicable during the day? At night? EDUCATION SERVICES Please indicate what types of educational services the facility provides. identified for the patient. The milieu follows a daily schedule with structured activities. If a patient has identified risk factors which would merit a precaution, the level of supervision may be increased to meet the needs of the patient for safety. Please explain. Level of supervision is generally based on risk behaviors and milieu dynamics. Age, developmental level, identified risk factors are just some of the characteristics that would be considered when assigning patients as roommates The facility does not mix genders in the assignment of roommates. The facility complies with state licensing regulations in regards to age difference in roommates. The facility assigns roommates based on considerations for developmental level, risk factors and other therapeutic factors determined by the treatment team review. The situation is assessed and modifications to room assignments are made. 15 minute observation checks daily, 24 hours a day. ☒ On Site School ☐ Day Treatment ☐ Outpatient Services ☐ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type Page |7 Texas NeuroRehab Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Comments: Students attend an on-site public school program offered through The University of Texas Charter School. The school provides small classroom settings with a special education teacher, teacher's aide and direct care staff. They provide the maximum amount of individual instruction at the student's pace. The school and pre-vocational program include a reading lab, computer lab, library, wood shop, pre-vocational training area, kitchen and multiple classrooms equipped with the latest technology. The school provides transcripts, individual education plans, report cards, diplomas and Please describe how you communicate graduation ceremonies. Teachers communicate with the student's home schools and credits with school districts. How do you ensure communication with home-based schools? are transferrable. Educational Accreditation Does your program accept school credits from other schools or programs? TREATMENT PLANNING AND REVIEW Who participates in regular treatment team meetings? Please check each regular (at least monthly) participant in treatment review/planning. Texas Education Agency ☒ Yes ☐ No ☒ Psychiatrist ☐Pediatrician ☒Nurse ☐Pharmacist ☐Other Medical (please list): Click here to type ☒ Physical Therapist ☒ Speech Therapist ☒ Occupational Therapist ☐ Dietitian ☐ Psychologist ☒ LCSW ☐ Behavior Analyst ☐ Other Clinician (name, credentials): Click here to type ☒ School Representative (name, role): Click here to type ☐ Milieu (name, role): Click here to type Page |8 Texas NeuroRehab Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How does your program involve the family in treatment, keep them informed of their child’s progress, and prepare them for step-down as part of the discharge process? How does your program identify/assess the function of challenging behaviors? How does your program measure progress on treatment plan goals and objectives (e.g., subjective report, phase/level progress/specific data points)? Does your facility employ a privilege/level system? ☒ Yes ☐ No TREATMENT Below, please list (separately) your facility’s Treatment Approaches/Evidence Based Practices/Promising Practices/treatment orientations (e.g., SPARCS, Resiliency Framework, Social Stories, Nurtured Heart, Mentalization, etc). Families are encouraged to participate in treatment team meetings, family therapy and visit/off-campus passes. Individual behavior plan, Case Review, Behavioral data collection, review and analysis. Behavior program progress (Level system), data review (STPs, Patient Incidents, Behavioral Intervention Data), and treatment team discussion. If Yes, on what basis do recipients earn privileges or improved level status? Under what circumstances, if any, is the level system modified? In circumstances of challenging behaviors, an individual behavior plan can be developed and implemented to target specific behaviros based on data collection and analysis. Research Support For each approach listed on the left, please identify the relevant staff training/credentials or cite the professional literature used to guide these approaches. Staff Training How are staff oriented to the items listed? Describe if/how administrative, clinical and milieu staff receive orientation, training and ongoing supervision. The level system is an ongoing system of improving and recognizing behaviors. Page |9 Texas NeuroRehab Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Milieu Management- the milieu utilizes learning therapy concepts with a token economy that measures frequency and intensity of behaviors without a negative cost. There is a high focus on consistency, repetition, positive behavior, and predictable response sets. They also incorporate goals groups and a positive behavior sticker program. Aspects of DBT - Skills based groups CBT Satori Long standing research and generally accepted practice All staff are required to participate in orientation and annual retraining. They are also staff programing guides on every unit and regular staffing, behavior program meetings and monthly team meetings to discuss programming. DBT studies based on working with adolescents and families utilizing "The Middle "path" in RTCs have been proven helpful even when there are modifications to the full program. According to a book published in 2011 by Judith Beck, more than 500 studies since 1977 support this therapy. Staff training through team meetings Local, state and nationally recognized tool for behavior management. Clinicans are expected to have a general understanding as part of their school curriculum prior to hire. We build on that and incorporate training for our non-clinical staff through orientation, team meetings and oneon-one experiences between the clinical and non-clinical team. Satori Direct care and clinical staff participate in an initial 12 hour training program that utilizes many teaching styles to ensure staff competency. Every 6 months thereafter, a basic review of skills provided. P a g e | 10 Texas NeuroRehab Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 School - utilizes the STAR (Strategies for Teaching Based on Autism) and the Eden Program (which provides both an assessment tool and curriculum). STAR - nationally recognized program stemming from a research study in 2003. All staff are required to participate in orientation and annual retraining. We also mandate additional training as it comes along. For example, when we rolled out utilizing EDEN all staff working with that curriculum attended training both on working with Autistic patients in general as well as EDEN and task analysis. Ongoing training occurs through monthly team meetings. Additionally we offer extra trainings during Autism awareness month. In reference to the STAR program it is primarily used in the school, but since our school is on campus the teacher is part of our treatment team and staffing. Does your facility employ or contract with Name and credential(s) of behavior specialist (if the individual does not have a BCBA, a behavior specialist (behavioral please provide a description of the person’s training in behavior analysis). Behavioral psychologists - We have student psychologists who perform psychological testing. psychologist or BCBA) on the treatment Oversight is provided by PhD Psychologists. (Oversight – Walt Mercer, PhD., Ed Prettyman, team or staff? PsyD, Rachel Robillard, PhD)The University Charter School utilizes FBA's when appropriate. ☒ Yes ☐ No For each of the following professions/licenses, please answer the questions to the right. How does your facility ensure Is this professional a staff If on contract, under what that these professionals’ member? Full or part time? circumstances is this treatment recommendations professional involved in are implemented and treatment and planning? consistently followed? Dietitian Notes and Orders are written Full time n/a to communicate recommendations to be followed; P a g e | 11 Texas NeuroRehab Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Occupational Therapist Notes and Orders are written to communicate recommendations to be followed; Notes and Orders are written to communicate recommendations to be followed; Notes and Orders are written to communicate recommendations to be followed; Full time n/a Full time n/a contract Dental Notes and Orders are written to communicate recommendations to be followed; contract Other Click here to type Click here to type Consultation can occur to ensure the information is incorporated into treatment planning beyond basic standard. Consultation can occur to ensure the information is incorporated into treatment planning beyond basic standard. Speech/Language Pathologist Other Medical (e.g., GI, Sleep) Click here to type PSYCHOTHERAPY MODELS Please identify the psychotherapeutic models (e.g., CBT, DBT) used at your facility, by population Model Population Behavioral therapy CBT Components of DBT All Populations Based on cognitive ability Based on cognitive ability and presenting problems P a g e | 12 Texas NeuroRehab Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Individual & Family Therapy Social Skills Group Therapy Family Therapy What are your expectations regarding family therapy? Clinical Supervision Describe how a professional provides clinical oversight to the program. How many hours/week? Crisis Supports How does the program assure access to the appropriate care for clients in crisis situation? All - if contraindicated for Family Therapy, that time is utilized for parent support, education and training. If contraindicated for Individual Therapy, that time is vested in shadowing to identify ABC's of behavior. All patients have some form of social skills group lead by a masters level clinician. Some patients, based on diagnosis and need may also participate in skills group with Occupational or Speech therapy. Expectations regarding family therapy include consistent participation by guardian/family member on a weekly basis to discuss problem solving, enhance relationship, address familial issues and discuss discharge planning. Therapists continue to be aware of specific cultural considerations. Access to video conferenc is available if family can connect to facilitate face-toface interactions. On-site family therapy occurs when guardian is able to travel to facility. Therapists are directly supervised by the Program Director/LCSW under Clinical Director. Consultation occurs weekly with attending psychiatrist. All therapy staff have been trained in crisis intervention and there is 24 hour nursing staff available to address issues as they may arise. Nursing staff and rehab techs will address immediate concerns, with follow up from therapy staff for additional support. The Beck assessment tool is utilize to identify risk for suicidality and provides a framework to monitor for safety. Skill Development Please describe how your facility helps recipients develop the Methods/Interventions/Programs following: Interpersonal skills daily milieu focus, guidance, support, role modeling on unit, at school and within therapies; additional assistance as required by OT, Speech, and IT/FT therapists for additional interventions Self-Regulation daily milieu focus, guidance, support, role modeling on unit, at school and within therapies; additional assistance as required by OT, Speech, and IT/FT therapists for additional interventions Daily Living consistent routine/schedule, prompting as needed by staff; additional assistance as required by OT, Speech, and IT/FT therapists for additional interventions P a g e | 13 Texas NeuroRehab Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Communication prompting as needed by staff; Evaluation by speech and language pathologist for additional interventions; Other Click here to type Please describe how your facility helps the TNC assists by providing learning opportunities at the facility to assist the patient to practice and utilize these skills. Working with the family within family therapy to discuss and role play recipient generalize these skills to their potential situations. Information sharing with future providers via sending records and case home environment. conferences to further discuss areas of needed support upon return to the community. DAILY SCHEDULE Please describe the daily schedule. How are transitions (to meals, school, activities, etc.) managed? How are meals managed (e.g., preparation, clean-up)? Please describe the types of recreational activities available to recipients. Hygiene, school, therapies, leisure activities, meals, unit groups Patients follow a daily schedule. Staff are present to facilitate transition between activities and provide supervision. Transitions are managed by having posted schedules to help with expectations. On the younger sub-acute unit we have a transition area and discuss the daily schedule at goals group. We have a full service kitchen and dining room on site. The kitchen is licensed by the Department of Health Services. Dietary staff provide nutritional assessments when ordered. Patients eat their meals in the cafeteria with staff supervision. On-Site Activities: play scape, gym hiking, swimming, games, special events, pet therapy, Holiday events, dances, family visits, recreational therapy lead by a CTRS Off-Site Activities: Sea World, Austin Park and Pizza, Museum, out to eat, movies, park, etc. Off-site activities are based on safety and behavior. DISCHARGE PLANNING AND POST-TREATMENT Discharge planning begins at admission and progress is documented in the individual's plan of When does discharge planning begin? care. Who is responsible for discharge planning at your facility? Case management staff as well as individual/family therapist P a g e | 14 Texas NeuroRehab Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 What percentage of your recipients return to: Do you do any follow up to learn what happens with your recipients after they discharge from your facility? ☒ Yes ☐ No Therapeutic Foster Care: 10% Foster Care: 0 Family: 80% Group Home: 10% Corrections: 0 Independent Living: 0 If Yes, please describe your findings. We collect information regarding follow-up contact. Please use the space below for further comments regarding your facility. Texas NeuroRehab Center provides a highly structured and specialized residential and subacute residential programs for those facing a combination of behavioral, medical, social and learning disabilities. Patients follow an individualized treatment plan developed by a physician led treatment team which includes a comprehensive behavioral and neuropsychological assessment. The plan sets specific goals and interventions and uses an array of services to assist the child/adolescent in meeting the goals and function at a lesser level of care. The treatment milieu is supported by a astructured program providing 24 hour nursing care. These patients may present with an array of behavioral issues such as severe impluse control, aggression, disruptive behaviros, learning and processing impairments, disturbance of social functioning as well as medical complexities. Neuropsychological testing and recommendations are inclusive in the treatment program. Treatment includes Individual and Family therapy, Family education, Social Skills groups,and Ancillary therapy (Physical, Speech, Recreational therapy and Sensory Integration program) as clincially indicated. Section B P a g e | 15 Texas NeuroRehab Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDERS QUESTIONNAIRE _ Treatment is available for boys and girls ages 8-17, with IQ’s that fall Please provide additional information regarding the between 40-90. These children may have a variety of diagnosis characteristics of the recipients with ASD for whom you can including the wide range of Autism Spectrum Disorders and are facing provide specialized treatment (e.g., ASD with IQ under 70, ASD a combination of medical, behavior, social and learning difficulties. with IQ over 70, Asperger’s disorder, etc.). Please be specific, especially regarding developmental age and/or IQ requirements. Please check each box that corresponds with aspects of treatment at your facility that are listed below. These elements, other than CBT as discussed below, are described in “Practice Parameter for the Assessment of Children and Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder”, Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Feb 2014. Do you have screening If Yes, please list the tools(s) by name and/or send copies. mechanisms for ASD that See next question includes questions about ASD and symptomatology? ☒ Yes ☐ No We screen for ASD by review of previous clinical and referral materials. We ask questions in both the What diagnostic Psychosocial Assessment and Initial Psychiatric Assessment to further identify ASD symptomatology, past evaluation/assessment interventions, family history and psychosocial issues. Our Neuropsychological and Academic departments process do you use? utilize testing and/or adaptive functioning assessments including (ABAS), ADOS (Education), CARS, GADS, and the Social Communication Questionnaire. These tools are copyrighted materials and we are unable to submit a copy. Please check all ☒ Family interviews that are included: ☒ Review of past records ☒Consideration of DSM-V criteria ☒History, including educational and behavioral interventions ☒ Differential diagnosis ☒ Observation ☒ Specific Tools (please identify): Our Neuropsychological and Academic departments utilize testing and/or adaptive functioning assessments including ABAS, ADOS (Education), CARS, GADS, and the Social Communication Questionnaire. P a g e | 16 Texas NeuroRehab Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 For each of the following elements, please use the drop down menu to indicate whether it is included in your multidisciplinary assessment of children with ASD. If you indicate “as needed,” please describe what would prompt an assessment. Every patient receives an H&P Physical Exam Yes If there are indicators of gastrointestinal issues, further follow up may be Screening for As Needed requested. Gastrointestinal Problems Part of Speech and Language evaluation if ordered by physician. Hearing Screen As Needed Every patient receives an H&P. If there are indicators of tuberous sclerosis Examination for Signs As Needed on the H&P as well as a physician recommendation this examination can be of Tuberous Sclerosis ordered to further assist with diagnosis or the direction of treatment. Genetic Testing No Consideration of Unusual Features Psychological Assessment (cognitive and adaptive) Communication Assessment Occupational Therapy Assessment Physical Therapy Assessment As Needed If needed to determine appropriate course of treatment, testing could be explored. As ordered by physician As Needed As ordered by physician; most often completed on patient if not done within past year. Speech and language evaluation as ordered by physician As Needed OT evaluation as ordered by physician As Needed A physical therapy assessment can be ordered by the physician, based on medical necessity, if there is the presence of hemi paresis, spasticity and/or gait dysfunction. A sleep assessment can be ordered by the physician, based on medical necessity, if the patient can tolerate the assessment with the presence of suspected sleep apnea or intractable insomnia. Yes Sleep Assessment As Needed Please indicate which evidence-based and structured educational and behavioral interventions are in use at your facility by checking the box in the left hand column as well as answering the additional questions in the right hand column, as applicable. Is ABA used in school? ☒ Yes ☐ No ☒ Applied Behavior Analysis P a g e | 17 Texas NeuroRehab Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 (ABA) ☒ Alternative Communication Modalities Is ABA used in ☒ Yes ☐ No residential? Is ABA in treatment ☒ Yes ☐ No plan? What credentials does Behavioral Psychologists, PHD, PsyD your ABA specialist have? Is this person on the yes treatment team? Is this person a Staff member contractor or staff member? Please identify (e.g., Picture Exchange Communication System, sign language, assistive technologies, visual schedules, etc.) ☒ Pragmatic Language skills training ☒ Social Skills training Please describe and/or identify the program or supporting literature. ☒ Education If structured educational models are used, please identify. TNC can utilize a variety of alternative communication modalities including the Picture Exchange Communication System, sign language and visual schedules. Methods of assistive technologies utilized can include Voice Output Devices, Alpha Smart, and various computer/IPAD applications. The functional application of social skills is incorporated into a variety of modalities including social skills groups, sensory motor groups, Occupational Therapy interventions, Speech/Language interventions, education, and on the living units. STAR (Strategies for Teaching based on Autism Research) Program P a g e | 18 Texas NeuroRehab Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 ☐ Other Please describe. Components of ABA are incorporated into the school program and the milieu/treatment plan. In the classroom, the STAR (Strategies for Teaching based on Autism Research) Program is implemented using ABA instructional methods of discrete trials, pivotal response training and teaching functional routines. On the living unit, the Eden Autism Services Curriculum can be utilized which are ground in the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and address essential skill areas. Occupational Therapy assists with classroom modification and unit education on sensory strategies to incorporate such as weighted blankets/vests, therapy balls, and oral motor strategies. Several Therapeutic Listening Integrated Listening Systems, Dream Pad, Sensory Motor Groups and the vocational program assists to further facilitate application and use of communication tools. Please answer the following questions. Are there medications that you If yes, please identify. typically use with this population? Medications are utilized to treat a specific patient’s symptoms. Our physicians utilize the AACAP (American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry) guidelines to treat co-morbid diagnosis. ☒ Yes ☐ No Parents/guardians are included in the discussion of this recommendation and consent is obtained to pursue a medication course of treatment. Our physicians work to minimize the amount of medications utilized by attempting trials of medications that can address multiple symptomatology the patient exhibits. Areas addressed by medication can include agitation and maladaptive coping skills resulting in aggression and self- harming behaviors. Medications that are FDA approved for use in children with agitation include Risperdal and Abilify. Patients may exhibit ADHD symptoms including impulsivity, hyperactivity, poor attention and distractibility which impede their functioning towards treatment goals and within the community resulting in the possible use of typical medication for ADHD such as stimulants or non-stimulants. Another area that may be addressed by medications can include explosive outbursts resulting from a fluctuation of mood to which a mood stabilizer such as Depakote, Trileptal, Risperdal, Abilify, or Zyprexa may be utilized. Anti-seizure medication would be utilized if warranted due to a seizure disorder. Anti-depressants could be utilized to address depression symptomatology resulting from potential low self-esteem due to ASD. General Anxiety or Social Anxiety symptoms exhibited in higher functioning youth who are aware of their limitations may benefit from SSRI’s such as Zoloft. P a g e | 19 Texas NeuroRehab Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe your facility’s approach to the use of medication with children and youth with ASD. Do you inquire about the use of complementary/alternative treatments? ☒ Yes ☐ No What staff person/people are familiar with the literature regarding best/evidence-based practices for this population? Under what circumstances, and/or what are the characteristics of recipients with ASD with whom your facility uses Cognitive Behavioral Therapy? Who are the regular treatment team members for the children with ASD in your care? See above Please explain. The therapist will talk to the family about types of alternative treatments in the past. If the treatment team believes that the treatment is relevant, the pros/risks would be discussed and implement as treatment sees appropriate. Please identify by name, role and credentials. The interdisciplinary team utilizes best practices within their course of treatment for each child. Monthly treatment team meetings provide training to staff on various practices as well as extra trainings to provide further education specific to Autism Spectrum Disorder. Cognitive behavioral therapy is used with some ASD patients to assist with emotional regulation, anxiety, impulsive and intrusive thinking. Many of these patients struggle with change, finding success and have negative thinking patterns which result in unsafe choices. Patients are assisted to recognize their cognitive distortions to make changes in their behaviors. Please identify by name, role and credentials. The regular interdisciplinary treatment team members within TNC include the Physician, Registered Nurses, Licensed Vocational Nurse, Licensed Clinical Social Workers, Licensed Professional Counselors, Clinical Case Managers, Speech and Language Pathologists, Occupational Therapists, Vocational therapists, Recreational therapists, and Teachers. Also included in the treatment team are the parents/guardians, outside agencies (i.e. OCS, GAL, attorneys), potential discharge placements and any other supportive services. The patient is included in the treatment planning process as appropriate for their developmental level For facilities that provide treatment for individuals with Asperger’s Disorder or individuals with ASD who do not experience Intellectual Disabilities, please answer the following question: P a g e | 20 Texas NeuroRehab Center Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Please describe your approach to treatment and any interventions that are employed specifically for this population. Please also provide information about the research that supports this approach with this population. All of our patients have IQ’s that fall between 40-90. Please use the space below for additional comments. Texas NeuroRehab Center is a specialized residential treatment facility. Treatment is available for boys and girls ages 8-17, with IQ’s that fall as low as 40. These children may be facing a combination of medical, behavior, social and learning difficulties. The cognitive behavioral approach used by Texas NeuroRehab Center has been formed from over 40 years of experience working with the developmentally delayed population. Best practices from all treatment modalities are combined to make up the individualized treatment plan for each patient. Routine, predictability, and consistency create the groundwork for the improvement of coping skills, activities of daily living and tolerance of transition. The primary goal of the program is to help the patient function more effectively in a variety of environments. The second goal is to master basic functional routines that will lead to increased self-care an independent living. Specific areas on our Mesa living unit correspond with skill acquisition: sensory activity room, functional routines area, round-up area, solo workstations and a gathering area. Color-coded walls and furniture identify each area. P a g e | 21 Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 This form was first introduced in 2013, and has been modified in this (2016) version. All Psychiatric Residential Treatment Facilities (PRTF) that contract with Alaska Medicaid are required to complete this Section A. Facilities that indicate Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) as a specialty are also required to complete Section B. The form will be posted on a website in order to be available to families, providers and guardians who are considering placement in a PRTF for a child. If you facility has more than one Alaska Medicaid provider number, please complete one form for each. Use the tab key to move to each new section. Please complete this form and return via email to: akbehavioralhealth@qualishealth.org Section A FACILITY INFORMATION Name and title of person completing this form Date completed Contact number Site/Cottage/Facility Name Address Christi Beals, Chief Development Officer March 9, 2016 406-655-2100 Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch 1732 South 72nd Street West Billings, MT 59106 GENERAL OVERVIEW Accreditation Body COA Indicate which gender(s) you serve and the applicable age range and number of licensed beds below Age Range # of Licensed Beds Click here to type 10-18 ☒Males Click here to type 12-18 ☒Females Click here to type 117 total licensed beds ☐Other Describe your client:staff ratio and how it is calculated for the following: Nursing Milieu Comments Click here to type Day 1:30 1:5 Click here to type Evening 1:30 1:5 HOME PRINT Page |1 Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Click here to type Night 1:65 1:10 Does your facility have requirements regarding IQ? If yes, please explain. YBGR is not a good fit for youth with a full range IQ scale below 80 ☒ Yes ☐ No What is the average length of stay for For AK Medicaid Recipients? Other State’s Medicaid Tricare/Other Insured? the facility overall? 450 days Recipients? 238 days 196 days 182 Are you anticipating change to your program? If yes, please describe. Click here to type ☐ Yes ☒ No Is the facility locked or unlocked? ☒ Locked ☐ Unlocked Is the facility secure? ☒ Yes ☐ No Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and YBGR currently utilizes Mentalization based treatments in treating children and youth with FASD. What kind of training do combination with social skills development. We provide staff your staff receive (include milieu as well as clinical staff). with reflective care training and clinical supervision is done weekly with staff. Trauma focused cognitive behavioral therapy and mentalization based Please describe your facility’s approach to identifying and treatments. On-going training will be provided to all therapists during treating children and youth with extensive trauma histories. What kind of training do your staff receive (include milieu as well weekly clinical staffings facilitated by our psychologist. The therapists are Clinical Program Managers who are responsible for on-going as clinical). Identify your trauma treatment approach and trainng with their teams based on the clinical needs of our youth. The describe the approach regarding staff training and Evidence reflective care program through the Center for Reflective Parenting Based Practices. Please describe your facility’s approach to secondary trauma in staff (for example, stress resulting from helping or wanting to help a traumatized or suffering person). Specialty Populations Please check all specialty populations this facility serves. implemented at YBGR works seamlessly with MBT and all mental health workers are trained at the time of hire with continued training provided during team meetings. Reflective care allows for discussion and acknowledgment of secondary trauma in staff members. Supervisors provide follow-up recommendations to on-site crisis-debriefing staff or off-site EAP necessary. What training does staff receive for this population? Page |2 Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders (High Functioning and Asperger’s) NOTE: Facilities with this specialty must complete Section B ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders (severe/low functioning) NOTE: Facilities with this specialty must complete Section B Sexualized behaviors: ☐ Sexually reactive (e.g. response to trauma) ☐ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. resulting from cognitive or neuro-behavioral issues) ☐ Sexually offending: ☐ adjudicated/ ☐ nonadjudicated Excluded Populations Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type ☐ Eating Disorder Click here to type ☐ Other Click here to type Click here to type ☐ Other Click here to type Please check all populations excluded from this facility. ☐ Sexually reactive (e.g. response ☒ Sexually maladaptive (e.g. to trauma) resulting from cognitive or neurobehavioral issues) ☒ Eating Disorder ☒ Autism Spectrum Disorders (severe/low functioning) ☐ Suicidal ideation/attempts ☐ Other: Click here to type Comments: Click here to type ☐ Psychosis ☐ Autism Spectrum Disorders (high functioning/Asperger’s) ☐ Elopement Risk ☐ Other: Click here to type Sexually offending: ☒ adjudicated/ ☒ nonadjudicated ☐ Physical Aggression ☐ Self-injurious behaviors ☒ Fire setting ☐ Other: Click here to type Page |3 Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 What type of behavior management program do you use? Please name the program and describe the training. Do you do functional behavior assessments? If so, please describe your approach. If not, how do you assess the function of behaviors in your populations? List types of safety monitoring used (e.g., staff observation, video cameras). MABPRO: The main focus is always on preventing and de-escalating aggression and violence before it becomes physical while at the same time, exploring the psychology of how and why we respond the way we do. In turn, we can begin to change our own way of responding and reacting to negative behaviors. The foundation of this training is to understand the idea of emotional competence in the staff working with the youth. Staff are taught an awareness of how their own personal goals, values, and beliefs affect their ability to respond effectively to youth in crisis. Skills are taught for staff to craft a response to support young people in such a way that the interaction leads to a “teachable moment” in which the youth is most receptive to learning a new behavior in order to replace a more maladaptive one. Over time, the young person needs fewer supports as they begin to hone their own self-regulation skills. Staff working directly with the youth are required to complete 28 hours of training initially while being required to complete a 4 hour recertification course in MABPRO ever six months. YBGR does not use functional behavior assessments. The youth’s treatment team meets at least weekly in order to discuss the youth, problem behaviors, progress, motivation, barriers to treatment. This occurs during team meeting, clinical meeting, and monthly treatment plan reviews. Staff observation. YBGR takes special preventative precautions when a youth is determined to be at increased risk of self harm or requires additional supervision. When an employee has reason to believe that a youth is at an increased risk of self harm they immediately restrict the youth to the unit, begin constant visual observation of the youth, and contact 24 hour nursing staff. Nursing staff will perform a self-harm risk assessment and contact our 24 hour on-call clinician to determine whether a youth be placed on suicide precautions (constant visual site of staff) or close watch (10 minute checks). Constant observation precautions are utilized when body boundaries of other youth are put at risk. For youth on this precaution, constant visual observation of the youth is maintained when the youth is in proximity to others and docuemtned in 10 minute intervals. Only the practitioners can remove a youth from precautionsYBGR also utilizes individual and group safety plans that address an increased risk of aggression and run risk behaviors. Youth placed on these precautions receive additional monitoring and program structure as well as therapeutic journaling and processing. A program manager or clinical program manager may approve the discontinuation of ISP's and GSP's based on the youth's safety and compliance Page |4 Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How does the facility assure access to appropriate medical and dental care? Does the facility use timeout? ☒ Yes ☐ No Does the facility use seclusion? ☒ Yes ☐ No YBGR currently contracts with a midlevel provider two days a week. YBGR follows the guidelines established in the EPSDT program. Youth that are identified to require vision and dental needs are scheduled in Billings and transported and supervised by YBGR staff members. If a youth requires specialized medical care as recommended by our midlevel provider, YBGR utilizes either St. Vincent Healthcare or the Billings Clinic. If Yes, under what conditions? If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? If When verbal de-escalation is no longer an open door time out exceeds 60 minutes a effective and a youth's behavior becomes face-to-face evaluation by a nurse or disruptive to the milieu, staff may utilize therapist must occur; staff stay within proximity, specified area time out, or open viewing distance with documented checks at door time out a minimum of every 10 minutes, termination criteria is under emotional and instuctional control, a debriefing is conducted within 24 hours of the procedure, a visual check of the room occurs prior to the placement in an open door time out. If Yes, under what conditions? If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? As As outlined in the federal regulations seclusion outlined in the federal regulations the time out room is visually checked prior to the is only utilized to prevent imminent harm to placement, all seclusions require a physician others order, a debriefing within 24 hours, recommended changes to the ICMP/treatment plan, face-to face nursing assessment as soon as possible but no longer than one hour with a follow up post procedure, and notification of the parents and guardians. A youth must be constantly monitored as outlined in federal regulations Page |5 Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Does the facility use restraints? ☒ Yes ☐ No How are facility staff trained regarding seclusion and the use of restraint? Please describe initial staff training as well as the follow up training process. If Yes, under what conditions? If Yes, what follow up steps are taken? As outlined in the federal regulations the time out room is visually checked prior to the placement, all seclusions require a physicians order, a debriefing within 24 hours, recommended changes to the ICMP/treatment plan, face-to face nursing assessment as soon as possible but no longer than one hour with a follow up post procedure, and notification of the parents and guardians. A youth must be constantly monitored as outlined in federal regulations MabPro training prepares staff for seclusions and restraints. Training includes competancy and proficiency testing for certification.Federal Regulations mandating the use of seclusion and restraint in a PRTF are reviewed with all direct care staff yearly during MabPro recertification classes. Page |6 Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How frequently are individual and facility seclusion and restraint data reviewed, and by whom? Individual Facility Under what conditions and for what kind of events do you report “incidents” to Alaska Behavioral Health? Individual Facility YBGR procedures require that whenever a physical restraint has been used on a youth more than four times within a seven-day period, lead clinical staff members or treatment team members will review the youth's situation to determine the suitability of the youth remaining in placement, whether modification to the youth's plan is warranted, or whether staff need additional training in alternative therapeutic behavior management techniques. Additionally physical restraints and seclusions are reviewed daily through the distribution of risk management reports that are emailed nightly as well as through incident reporting emails that are sent at the time they occur. Suicide, death, serious injury, physical abuse, suicide attempt, allegations of sexual abuse, injury requiring medical attention, assault requiring medical attention COA requires quarterly review of seclusion and restraint data with a focus being on safety and risk factors. This is done during our bimonthly risk management meeting. Any injury to staff and youth (including self injurious behaviors) is reviewed bi-monthly in risk management as well. Policy review regarding the use of physical restraints and seclusion occurs at a minimum of one time per year. Procedural changes identified occur as needed Suicide, death, serious injury, physical abuse, suicide attempt, allegations of sexual abuse, injury requiring medical attention, assault requiring medical attention Does your program use aggregate progress If Yes, please describe. YBGR uses several Performance and Quality Improvement standards to monitor quality and data for overall quality improvement? make necessary improvements. Departments set and report on PQI monitors monthly. ☒ Yes ☐ No Departments develop & carry out corrective action plans for areas identified over a period of time as having below threshold results from their aggregate data collection. STRUCTURE AND SUPERVISION Page |7 Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Would you characterize the level of structure and supervision provided by your program as low, moderate or high? High Describe how the level or intensity of supervision may vary across youth. Is the level of supervision based on individual risk and/or therapeutic need? ☒ Yes ☐ No What are the characteristics that would promote or prevent pairing of recipients as roommates? What is the safety monitoring policy/procedure for determining the assignment of roommates? What happens when characteristics of concern come to light, and how is a roommate change made owing to these characteristics? What safety monitoring practices are applicable during the day? At night? Please explain your rating. High level of structure and supervision. Weekly scheduling occurs that provides structured and therapeutic activities throughout the day. The expectation is that staff actively participate and engage in these activities with youth in order to provide additional support and intervention throughout the day. Additionally youth are not allowed to be in areas of the lodges unsupervised which includes day rooms, kitchens, and recreational areas unless they have earned a level that allows this. 24 hour awake staffing include bedchecks at a minimum of every 30 minutes. The level of supervision is expected to be consistent at all times, however there are times that youth may need more than proximity due the the level of impulsiveness or lack of internal controls to self manage behaviors. Please explain. The treatment team will determine the balance between individual risk and therapeutic need with consultation with the external treatment team Roommates are a team decision involving the Clinical Program Manager and the Progam Manager of the unit based on the youth's history, clinical needs, and behavioral presentation. Clinical Program Managers identify any youth who would pose a risk to have a roommate due to sexualized behaviors at the time of admission and it is re-evaluated weekly. If there is an immediate need to separate youth a telephone call to our on-call therapist and program manager is made by our online staff. If a roommate expresses concern about their safety other arrangements will be made immediately including but not limited to a change in rooms, lodge, or sleeping arrangements If a youth is not on suicide or close precautions it is the expectation that we know where the youth are at all times and are supervising kids in close proximity and programming. Youth are not expected or allowed to spend more than 15 minutes in their rooms at one time. Programming is created to be an active and social opportunity. At night our staff are required to document bed checks at a minimum of every 30 minutes between the hours of 8pm-7am Page |8 Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 EDUCATION SERVICES Please indicate what types of educational ☒ On Site School ☐ Day Treatment ☐ Outpatient Services services the facility provides. ☐ Other: Click here to type ☐ Other: Click here to type Comments: Yellowstone Academy is the acrredited K-12 school on campus where residents reciee education. Operating on a trimester academic calendar, YA has comprehensive services or both general and special education students. We have a superintendent, principal, school psychologist, and school conselor on staff. Licensed teachers offer rotational classrooms, self-contained classrooms, and online learning opportunities. Academic features include: individual education plan support, credit recovery options, state tsting administration, off-site ACT testing, vocational and fina arts courses, and career exploration and development. Our school staff contact the sending school district immediately upon placement of a youth. A Please describe how you communicate records request is faxed on the same day and a credit audit is performed by our school with school districts. How do you ensure communication with home-based schools? counselor. YA holds all required and requested IEPs and any other school related meetings. A monthly summary is provided to the family, sending school, and any other approved agency. Yellowstone Academy is accredited by Montana Office of Public Instruction (K-8) and by Educational Accreditation AdvancedED (9-12). Does your program accept school credits from other schools or programs? ☒ Yes ☐ No TREATMENT PLANNING AND REVIEW Page |9 Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Who participates in regular treatment team meetings? Please check each regular (at least monthly) participant in treatment review/planning. ☒ Psychiatrist ☐Pediatrician ☐Nurse ☐Pharmacist ☐Other Medical (please list): Click here to type ☐ Physical Therapist ☐ Speech Therapist ☐ Occupational Therapist ☐ Dietitian ☒ Psychologist ☒ LCSW ☐ Behavior Analyst ☐ Other Clinician (name, credentials): Click here to type ☒ School Representative (name, role): Click here to type ☒ Milieu (name, role): Program Manager How does your program involve the family in treatment, keep them informed of their child’s progress, and prepare them for step-down as part of the discharge process? YBGR lodge staff contact families on a weekly basis, we conduct weekly family therapy sessions, contacts specific to incident reporting, federally mandated seclusion/restraint notifications, monthly Master Treatment Plan Reviews (if not in attendance plans to share after the meeting by the therapist), yearly IEP's, and customer service follow-up calls by program managers. Additional communication as needed or requested by the parent/guardians. Discharge planning begins at admission and is dicussed during family therapy, individual calls between the therapist and parent as well as in the MTPR's to prepare families for step down transiton. YBGR will work with families to schedule a trial discharge homepass if appropriate with the expectation that the family and youth meet with future outpatient providers. P a g e | 10 Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How does your program identify/assess the function of challenging behaviors? How does your program measure progress on treatment plan goals and objectives (e.g., subjective report, phase/level progress/specific data points)? Does your facility employ a privilege/level system? ☒ Yes ☐ No Upon admission an individual crisis management plan (ICMP) is created and assessed a minimum of every 30 days. It is updated as needed and all members of the treatment team are trained. An ICMP identifies behaviors of concern, safety concerns, triggers, and identified intervention strategies. Additionally youth are staffed weekly during team meetings that occur in the individual units. Clinical supervision occurs weekly with our psychologist and youth with challenging behaviors are staffed clinically during that meeting. Upon admission all youth have a psychiatric evaluation. Based on the diagnosis, problem areas are identified. The problem areas are used to identify both long term goals and short term objectives. These objectives are measurable and tracked either by the therapist or by the unit staff and are reported every 30 days during the MTPR. If Yes, on what basis do recipients earn privileges or improved level status? Yes - YBGR has a three tiered level system with three sub-levels within the tiers. The three levels are Bronze, Silver, and Gold. The youth move up the sub-levels (eg. Bronze 1, Bronze 2, and Bronze 3) fluidly as their behaviors and stability warrants. The levels are decided weekly during team meetings with the final determination being made by the Clinical Program Manager and Program Manager. Under what circumstances, if any, is the level system modified? The level system was created in order to be modified to address each youth’s treatment plan and progress in placement. TREATMENT P a g e | 11 Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Below, please list (separately) your facility’s Treatment Approaches/Evidence Based Practices/Promising Practices/treatment orientations (e.g., SPARCS, Resiliency Framework, Social Stories, Nurtured Heart, Mentalization, etc). RTI PBIS (MBI) MabPro Refelctive Care Mentalization Based Therapy Research Support For each approach listed on the left, please identify the relevant staff training/credentials or cite the professional literature used to guide these approaches. Staff Training How are staff oriented to the items listed? Describe if/how administrative, clinical and milieu staff receive orientation, training and ongoing supervision. Montana Office of Public Instruction Weekly Trainings, Professional Development Days (PIR Days) Montana Office of Public Instruction Professional Learning Communities MabPro Trainer Certification Annual and bi-annual training Center for Reflective Parenting Onboarding and ongoing during weekly team meetings Meninger Clinic All therapists trained with ongoing training during clinical supervision Name and credential(s) of behavior specialist (if the individual does not have a BCBA, please provide a description of the person’s training in behavior analysis). Dwight Von Schriltz, School Psychologist; Chandra Perez, Clinical Psychologist Does your facility employ or contract with a behavior specialist (behavioral psychologist or BCBA) on the treatment team or staff? ☒ Yes ☐ No For each of the following professions/licenses, please answer the questions to the right. How does your facility ensure Is this professional a staff that these professionals’ member? Full or part time? treatment recommendations are implemented and consistently followed? Click here to type Click here to type Dietitian Click here to type Click here to type Occupational Therapist Click here to type Click here to type Speech/Language Pathologist If on contract, under what circumstances is this professional involved in treatment and planning? Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type P a g e | 12 Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Other Medical (e.g., GI, Sleep) Dental Other Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type Click here to type PSYCHOTHERAPY MODELS Please identify the psychotherapeutic models (e.g., CBT, DBT) used at your facility, by population Model Population Mentalization Based Therapy and Reflective Care All youth and guardians Cognitive Behavior Therapy/Rationale Emotive Behavior Therapy Youth with diagnoses of behavior disorders, mood disorders, and anxiety disorders. Family Systems Therapy Children and families Click here to type Click here to type Family Therapy What are your expectations regarding family therapy? Clinical Supervision Describe how a professional provides clinical oversight to the program. How many hours/week? Crisis Supports How does the program assure access to the appropriate care for clients in crisis situation? Click here to type Click here to type Family therapy occurs weekly with the primary therapist for a minimum of 45 minutes and normally includes the youth and guardians via phone. The expectation for family therapy is that families are involved in planning and assessing treatment progress with regard to the treatment goals. Guardians and parents are expected to participate in sessions, learn skills, and support the youth through the treatment progress, and assist in determining appropriate discharge dates and services. The clinical director provides weekly group supervision to all therapists during the clinical meeting. The clinical psychologist provides one hour of weekly clinical supervision to nonlicensed master's level therapists who are seeking LCPC. Therapists seeking LCSW are provided one hour weekly supervision by an LCSW YBGR has 11 staff members living on our campus who are responsible to respond to campus crisis and support calls 24/7 through a structured on-call system. Additionally we have an administrator on-call, clinician on-call, therapist on-call and a program manager on-call 24/7. We work with local law enforcement, fire, and ambulance to ensure timely response and have letters of agreement with both local hospitals: St. Vincent Healthcare and Billings Clinic. P a g e | 13 Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Skill Development Please describe how your facility helps recipients develop the Methods/Interventions/Programs following: Interpersonal skills Individual, group, and family therapy; feedback from milieu and school staff; feedback from Self-Regulation Daily Living Communication Other Please describe how your facility helps the recipient generalize these skills to their home environment. DAILY SCHEDULE Please describe the daily schedule. peers; socail skills groups Individual, group, and family therapy with a CBT focus; feedback from milieu and school staff; feedback from peers Individual, group, and family therapy; psychoeducation groups; charting (when applicable); feedback from staff Individual, group, and family therapy; feedback from milieu and school staff YBGR employs a variety of experiential opportunities in order to enhance the skills-learning process, including animal-assisted therapy, recreational activities, art and expression, and spirituality. Additionally youth participate in off campus passes and community service in the Billings and Laurel communities to practice skills learned in PRTF in a public setting. Therapists and staff members provide in-the-moment feedback and direction that relates to using learned skills in the home environment. Youth are encouraged to practice, gain mastery, demonstrate, and describe the use of their skills during therapy sessions and in the milieu. Youth may participate in imagery exercises in order to assist in generalizing the use of their skills at home. Youth often participate in a home pass prior to discharge that offers the opportunity to practice and demonstrate their skills in the home environment. Upon their return to the facility from a home pass, the youth have an opportunity to continue working on any areas of deficiency that may have arisen The schedule is created weekly with the assistance of youth and posted in the milieu. During times when youth aren't in school there is a balance between psychoeducational groups, recreation, social skills development, lifeskills, and leisure. P a g e | 14 Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 How are transitions (to meals, school, activities, etc.) managed? How are meals managed (e.g., preparation, clean-up)? Please describe the types of recreational activities available to recipients. The schedule allows kids to have predictability and motivation. Depending on the developmental level of youth transitions can occur in several different ways. Some youth are able to transition between activities with very little encouragement or prompting while other youth require advance notice and a slower transition between activities. For some youth we sit down and review expectations for the upcoming activity so they are prepared to move on. Meals are provided by Sodexo. Youth gather in the dining hall or in their units for meals. YBGR youth eat family style with the mental health workers and are encouraged to eat a nutritionally balanced meal and exhibit socially appropriate behaviors On-Site Activities: Swimming, full-size gymnasium, two workout areas with weights and cardio equipment, bowling alley, game room with pool, air hockey, XBox 360 Kinect, softball field, soccer field, horseshoes, miniature golf course, walking trails, bicycles, and a riding arena with horses Off-Site Activities: Cross country skiing, hiking, camping, ice skating, community service projects, attend local rodeo, fishing, canoeing DISCHARGE PLANNING AND POST-TREATMENT Discharge planning begins upon admission. When does discharge planning begin? Who is responsible for discharge planning At Yellowstone, the Clinical Program Managers, (Master's or PhD prepared therapists) provide the discharge planning for youth assigned to their caseload. at your facility? What percentage of your recipients return Therapeutic Foster Care: < 15% to: Foster Care: < 10% Family: 60% Group Home: 15% Corrections: <5% Independent Living: 5-10% P a g e | 15 Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Do you do any follow up to learn what happens with your recipients after they discharge from your facility? ☐ Yes ☒ No If Yes, please describe your findings. Click here to type Please use the space below for further comments regarding your facility. Click here to type Section B AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDERS QUESTIONNAIRE Please provide additional information regarding the We are unable to accommodate youth with a full scale IQ (FSIQ) characteristics of the recipients with ASD for whom you can below 80. We review packets when measures of IQ are between provide specialized treatment (e.g., ASD with IQ under 70, ASD 70 and 80, but generally the FSIQ needs to be 80 or above with IQ over 70, Asperger’s disorder, etc.). Please be specific, because out program requires verbal reasoning ability. especially regarding developmental age and/or IQ requirements. Please check each box that corresponds with aspects of treatment at your facility that are listed below. These elements, other than CBT as discussed below, are described in “Practice Parameter for the Assessment of Children and Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder”, Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Feb 2014. P a g e | 16 Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Do you have screening mechanisms for ASD that includes questions about ASD and symptomatology? ☐ Yes ☐ No What diagnostic evaluation/assessment process do you use? Please check all that are included: If Yes, please list the tools(s) by name and/or send copies. Click here to type Click here to type ☐ Family interviews ☐ Review of past records ☐Consideration of DSM-V criteria ☐History, including educational and behavioral interventions ☐ Differential diagnosis ☐ Observation ☐ Specific Tools (please identify): Click here to type For each of the following elements, please use the drop down menu to indicate whether it is included in your multidisciplinary assessment of children with ASD. If you indicate “as needed,” please describe what would prompt an assessment. Click here to type Physical Exam Choose an answer Click here to type Screening for Choose an answer Gastrointestinal Problems Click here to type Hearing Screen Choose an answer Click here to type Examination for Signs Choose an answer of Tuberous Sclerosis Click here to type Genetic Testing Choose an answer Click here to type Consideration of Choose an answer Unusual Features Click here to type Psychological Assessment Choose an answer (cognitive and adaptive) P a g e | 17 Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 Click here to type Communication Choose an answer Assessment Click here to type Occupational Therapy Choose an answer Assessment Click here to type Physical Therapy Choose an answer Assessment Click here to type Sleep Assessment Choose an answer Please indicate which evidence-based and structured educational and behavioral interventions are in use at your facility by checking the box in the left hand column as well as answering the additional questions in the right hand column, as applicable. Is ABA used in school? ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐ Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Is ABA used in ☐ Yes ☐ No residential? Is ABA in treatment ☐ Yes ☐ No plan? What credentials does Click here to type your ABA specialist have? Click here to type Is this person on the treatment team? Click here to type Is this person a contractor or staff member? Please identify (e.g., Picture Exchange Communication System, sign language, assistive ☐ Alternative Communication technologies, visual schedules, etc.) Modalities Click here to type ☐ Pragmatic Language skills training ☐ Social Skills training Please describe and/or identify the program or supporting literature. Click here to type P a g e | 18 Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 ☐ Education If structured educational models are used, please identify. ☐ Other Please describe. Click here to type Click here to type Please answer the following questions. Are there medications that you If yes, please identify. typically use with this population? Click here to type ☐ Yes ☐ No Click here to type Please describe your facility’s approach to the use of medication with children and youth with ASD. Do you inquire about the use of Please explain. Click here to type complementary/alternative treatments? ☐ Yes ☐ No What staff person/people are Please identify by name, role and credentials. Click here to type familiar with the literature regarding best/evidence-based practices for this population? Under what circumstances, and/or Click here to type what are the characteristics of recipients with ASD with whom your facility uses Cognitive Behavioral Therapy? Who are the regular treatment Please identify by name, role and credentials. Click here to type team members for the children with ASD in your care? P a g e | 19 Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch Residential Treatment Services PRTF Information Inventory January 2016 For facilities that provide treatment for individuals with Asperger’s Disorder or individuals with ASD who do not experience Intellectual Disabilities, please answer the following question: Click here to type Please describe your approach to treatment and any interventions that are employed specifically for this population. Please also provide information about the research that supports this approach with this population. Please use the space below for additional comments. Click here to type P a g e | 20